#$FreeBSD$
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-01-09 10:58-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: en_US\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:63
msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:66
msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
#: book.translate.xml:70
msgid ""
"<year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> "
"<year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> "
"<year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> "
"<year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> "
"<year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <year>2017</year> "
"<year>2018</year> <year>2019</year> <year>2020</year> <holder role=\"mailto:"
"doceng@FreeBSD.org\">DocEng</holder>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
#: book.translate.xml:103
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:105
msgid ""
"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:112
msgid ""
"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
"lines of this file unmodified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:118
msgid ""
"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:127
msgid ""
"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS"
"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE "
"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE "
"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE "
"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:144
msgid ""
"Thank you for becoming a part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. Your "
"contribution is extremely valuable, and we appreciate it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:148
msgid ""
"This primer covers details needed to start contributing to the FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project, or <acronym>FDP</acronym>, including tools, software, "
"and the philosophy behind the Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:154
msgid ""
"This is a work in progress. Corrections and additions are always welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/title
#: book.translate.xml:160
msgid "Preface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:163
msgid "Shell Prompts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:165
msgid ""
"This table shows the default system prompt and superuser prompt. The "
"examples use these prompts to indicate which type of user is running the "
"example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:173
msgid "User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:174
msgid "Prompt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:180
msgid "Normal user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:181 book.translate.xml:4374
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:185
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:186 book.translate.xml:4367
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:194
msgid "Typographic Conventions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:196
msgid "This table describes the typographic conventions used in this book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:203
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:204 book.translate.xml:4874 book.translate.xml:9983
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:210
msgid "The names of commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:211
msgid "Use <command>ls -l</command> to list all files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:216
msgid "The names of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:217
msgid "Edit <filename>.login</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:221
msgid "On-screen computer output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/screen
#: book.translate.xml:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "You have mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:226
msgid "What the user types, contrasted with on-screen computer output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/screen
#: book.translate.xml:229
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>date +\"The time is %H:%M\"</userinput>\n"
"The time is 09:18"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:234
msgid "Manual page references."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:235
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to change user identity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:239
msgid "User and group names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:240
msgid "Only <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:245
msgid "Emphasis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:246
msgid "The user <emphasis>must</emphasis> do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:251
msgid "Text that the user is expected to replace with the actual text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:254
msgid ""
"To search for a keyword in the manual pages, type <command>man -k "
"<replaceable>keyword</replaceable></command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:260
msgid "Environment variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:261
msgid "<envar>$HOME</envar> is set to the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:270
msgid "Notes, Tips, Important Information, Warnings, and Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:273
msgid "Notes, warnings, and examples appear within the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:277
msgid ""
"Notes are represented like this, and contain information to take note of, as "
"it may affect what the user does."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:283
msgid ""
"Tips are represented like this, and contain information helpful to the user, "
"like showing an easier way to do something."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:289
msgid ""
"Important information is represented like this. Typically, these show extra "
"steps the user may need to take."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:295
msgid ""
"Warnings are represented like this, and contain information warning about "
"possible damage if the instructions are not followed. This damage may be "
"physical, to the hardware or the user, or it may be non-physical, such as "
"the inadvertent deletion of important files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:303
msgid "A Sample Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:305
msgid ""
"Examples are represented like this, and typically contain examples showing a "
"walkthrough, or the results of a particular action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:312
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:314
msgid ""
"My thanks to Sue Blake, Patrick Durusau, Jon Hamilton, Peter Flynn, and "
"Christopher Maden, who took the time to read early drafts of this document "
"and offer many valuable comments and criticisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:353 book.translate.xml:2072
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:355
msgid ""
"Welcome to the FreeBSD Documentation Project (<acronym>FDP</acronym>). "
"Quality documentation is crucial to the success of FreeBSD, and we value "
"your contributions very highly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:360
msgid ""
"This document describes how the <acronym>FDP</acronym> is organized, how to "
"write and submit documentation, and how to effectively use the available "
"tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:364
msgid ""
"Everyone is welcome to contribute to the <acronym>FDP</acronym>. Willingness "
"to contribute is the only membership requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:368
msgid "This primer shows how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:372
msgid ""
"Identify which parts of FreeBSD are maintained by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:377
msgid "Install the required documentation tools and files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:381
msgid "Make changes to the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:385
msgid ""
"Submit changes back for review and inclusion in the FreeBSD documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:391 book.translate.xml:7361
msgid "Quick Start"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:393
msgid ""
"Some preparatory steps must be taken before editing the FreeBSD "
"documentation. First, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
"mailing list</link>. Some team members also interact on the "
"<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</acronym> channel on <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.efnet.org/\">EFnet</link>. These people can help with "
"questions or problems involving the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:403
msgid ""
"Install the <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta-package and "
"<application>Subversion</application>. This meta-package installs all of the "
"software needed to edit and build FreeBSD documentation. The "
"<application>Subversion</application> package is needed to obtain a working "
"copy of the documentation and generate patches with."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:412
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install docproj subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:416
msgid ""
"Optional: to generate PDF documentation, install the <package>textproc/fop</"
"package> package as it is not installed by default by <package>textproc/"
"docproj</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install fop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:425
msgid ""
"Install a local working copy of the documentation from the FreeBSD "
"repository in <filename>~/doc</filename> (see <xref linkend=\"working-copy\"/"
">)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:430 book.translate.xml:822
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:434
msgid "Configure the text editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:438
msgid "Word wrap set to 70 characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:442
msgid "Tab stops set to 2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:446
msgid "Replace each group of 8 leading spaces with a single tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:451
msgid ""
"Specific editor configurations are listed in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:456
msgid "Update the local working copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:458
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn up <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:462
msgid ""
"Edit the documentation files that require changes. If a file needs major "
"changes, consult the mailing list for input."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:466
msgid ""
"References to tag and entity usage can be found in <xref linkend=\"xhtml-"
"markup\"/> and <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:472
msgid "After editing, check for problems by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:474
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>igor -R filename.xml | less -RS</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:476
msgid ""
"Review the output and edit the file to fix any problems shown, then rerun "
"the command to find any remaining problems. Repeat until all of the errors "
"are resolved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:483
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Always</emphasis> build-test changes before submitting them. "
"Running <userinput>make</userinput> in the top-level directory of the "
"documentation being edited will generate that documentation in split HTML "
"format. For example, to build the English version of the Handbook in "
"<acronym>HTML</acronym>, run <command>make</command> in the <filename>en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:494
msgid ""
"When changes are complete and tested, generate a <quote>diff file</quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:497
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>bsdinstall</replaceable>.diff.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:500
msgid ""
"Give the diff file a descriptive name. In the example above, changes have "
"been made to the <filename>bsdinstall</filename> portion of the Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:507
msgid ""
"Submit the diff file using the web-based <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs."
"FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation\">Problem Report</"
"link> system. If using the web form, enter a Summary of <emphasis>[patch] "
"<replaceable>short description of problem</replaceable></emphasis>. Select "
"the Component <literal>Documentation</literal>. In the Description field, "
"enter a short description of the changes and any important details about "
"them. Use the <guibutton>[ Add an attachment ]</guibutton> button to attach "
"the diff file. Finally, use the <guibutton>[ Submit Bug ]</guibutton> button "
"to submit your diff to the problem report system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:523
msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:525
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> is responsible for four categories of FreeBSD "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:530
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Handbook</emphasis>: The Handbook is the comprehensive online "
"resource and reference for FreeBSD users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:536
msgid ""
"<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis>: The <acronym>FAQ</acronym> uses a short question "
"and answer format to address questions that are frequently asked on the "
"various mailing lists and forums devoted to FreeBSD. This format does not "
"permit long and comprehensive answers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:544
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>: The English language system manual pages "
"are usually not written by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>, as they are part of "
"the base system. However, the <acronym>FDP</acronym> can reword parts of "
"existing manual pages to make them clearer or to correct inaccuracies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:553
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Web site</emphasis>: This is the main FreeBSD presence on the web, "
"visible at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/index.html\"> https://"
"www.FreeBSD.org/</link> and many mirrors around the world. The web site is "
"typically a new user's first exposure to FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:561
msgid ""
"Translation teams are responsible for translating the Handbook and web site "
"into different languages. Manual pages are not translated at present."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:565
msgid ""
"Documentation source for the FreeBSD web site, Handbook, and <acronym>FAQ</"
"acronym> is available in the documentation repository at <literal>https://"
"svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:570
msgid ""
"Source for manual pages is available in a separate source repository located "
"at <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:574
msgid ""
"Documentation commit messages are visible with <command>svn log</command>. "
"Commit messages are also archived at <uri xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\"> http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:579
msgid ""
"Web frontends to both of these repositories are available at <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/> and <link xlink:href=\"https://"
"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:583
msgid ""
"Many people have written tutorials or how-to articles about FreeBSD. Some "
"are stored as part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym> files. In other cases, the "
"author has decided to keep the documentation separate. The <acronym>FDP</"
"acronym> endeavors to provide links to as much of this external "
"documentation as possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:624
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:626
msgid ""
"Several software tools are used to manage the FreeBSD documentation and "
"render it to different output formats. Some of these tools are required and "
"must be installed before working through the examples in the following "
"chapters. Some are optional, adding capabilities or making the job of "
"creating documentation less demanding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:634
msgid "Required Tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:636
msgid ""
"Install <package>textproc/docproj</package> from the Ports Collection. This "
"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> installs all the applications required to do "
"useful work with the FreeBSD documentation. Some further notes on particular "
"components are given below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:644
msgid "<acronym>DTD</acronym>s and <acronym>Entities</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:647
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation uses several Document Type Definitions (<acronym>DTD</"
"acronym>s) and sets of <acronym>XML</acronym> entities. These are all "
"installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:655
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/xhtml</"
"package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:659
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the markup language of choice for the World Wide "
"Web, and is used throughout the FreeBSD web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:666
msgid ""
"DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:670
msgid ""
"DocBook is designed for marking up technical documentation. Most of the "
"FreeBSD documentation is written in DocBook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:677
msgid "ISO 8879 entities (<package>textproc/iso8879</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:681
msgid ""
"Character entities from the ISO 8879:1986 standard used by many "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym>s. Includes named mathematical symbols, additional "
"characters in the Latin character set (accents, diacriticals, and so on), "
"and Greek symbols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:693
msgid "Optional Tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:695
msgid ""
"These applications are not required, but can make working on the "
"documentation easier or add capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:699
msgid "Software"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:704
msgid "<application>Vim</application> (<package>editors/vim</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:708
msgid ""
"A popular editor for working with <acronym>XML</acronym> and derived "
"documents, like DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:715
msgid "<application>Emacs</application> (<package>editors/emacs</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:719
msgid ""
"Both of these editors include a special mode for editing documents marked up "
"according to an <acronym>XML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym>. This mode "
"includes commands to reduce the amount of typing needed, and help reduce the "
"possibility of errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:761
msgid "The Working Copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:763
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>working copy</emphasis> is a copy of the FreeBSD repository "
"documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer. Changes are made to "
"the local working copy, tested, and then submitted as patches to be "
"committed to the main repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:769
msgid ""
"A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes of disk "
"space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room for temporary files "
"and test versions of various output formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:774
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn."
"html\"><application>Subversion</application></link> is used to manage the "
"FreeBSD documentation files. It is obtained by installing the "
"<application>Subversion</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: book.translate.xml:779
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:782
msgid "Documentation and Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:784
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation is not just books and articles. Manual pages for all "
"the commands and configuration files are also part of the documentation, and "
"part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym>'s territory. Two repositories are "
"involved: <literal>doc</literal> for the books and articles, and "
"<literal>base</literal> for the operating system and manual pages. To edit "
"manual pages, the <literal>base</literal> repository must be checked out "
"separately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:793
msgid ""
"Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation and source code. "
"New modifications are almost always made only to the latest version, called "
"<literal>head</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:799
msgid "Choosing a Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:801
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation is traditionally stored in <filename>/usr/doc/</"
"filename>, and system source code with manual pages in <filename>/usr/src/</"
"filename>. These directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put "
"the working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with existing "
"information in the main directories. The examples that follow use "
"<filename>~/doc</filename> and <filename>~/src</filename>, both "
"subdirectories of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:814
msgid "Checking Out a Copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:816
msgid ""
"A download of a working copy from the repository is called a "
"<emphasis>checkout</emphasis>, and done with <command>svn checkout</"
"command>. This example checks out a copy of the latest version "
"(<literal>head</literal>) of the main documentation tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:824
msgid "A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is very similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:827
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head <replaceable>~/src</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:831
msgid "Updating a Working Copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:833
msgid ""
"The documents and files in the FreeBSD repository change daily. People "
"modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short time after an "
"initial checkout, there will already be differences between the local "
"working copy and the main FreeBSD repository. To update the local version "
"with the changes that have been made to the main repository, use "
"<command>svn update</command> on the directory containing the local working "
"copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:844
msgid ""
"Get in the protective habit of using <command>svn update</command> before "
"editing document files. Someone else may have edited that file very "
"recently, and the local working copy will not include the latest changes "
"until it has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much "
"easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with the newer "
"version from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:854
msgid "Reverting Changes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:856
msgid ""
"Sometimes it turns out that changes were not necessary after all, or the "
"writer just wants to start over. Files can be <quote>reset</quote> to their "
"unchanged form with <command>svn revert</command>. For example, to erase the "
"edits made to <filename>chapter.xml</filename> and reset it to unmodified "
"form:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:863
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn revert chapter.xml</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:867
msgid "Making a Diff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:869
msgid ""
"After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the differences "
"between the local working copy and the version on the FreeBSD repository "
"must be collected into a single file for submission. These <emphasis>diff</"
"emphasis> files are produced by redirecting the output of <command>svn diff</"
"command> into a file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>doc-fix-spelling.diff</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:879
msgid ""
"Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the contents. The example "
"above is for spelling fixes to the whole documentation tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:883
msgid ""
"If the diff file is to be submitted with the web <quote><link xlink:href="
"\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">Submit a FreeBSD problem "
"report</link></quote> interface, add a <filename>.txt</filename> extension "
"to give the earnest and simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are "
"plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:890
msgid ""
"Be careful: <command>svn diff</command> includes all changes made in the "
"current directory and any subdirectories. If there are files in the working "
"copy with edits that are not ready to be submitted yet, provide a list of "
"only the files that are to be included:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:896
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff <replaceable>disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>disks-printers.diff</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:901
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> References"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:903
msgid ""
"These examples show very basic usage of <application>Subversion</"
"application>. More detail is available in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Subversion Book</link> and the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion documentation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:943
msgid "Documentation Directory Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:945
msgid ""
"Files and directories in the <filename>doc/</filename> tree follow a "
"structure meant to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:951
msgid "Make it easy to automate converting the document to other formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:956
msgid ""
"Promote consistency between the different documentation organizations, to "
"make it easier to switch between working on different documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:962
msgid ""
"Make it easy to decide where in the tree new documentation should be placed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:967
msgid ""
"In addition, the documentation tree must accommodate documents in many "
"different languages and encodings. It is important that the documentation "
"tree structure does not enforce any particular defaults or cultural "
"preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:973
msgid "The Top Level, <filename>doc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:976
msgid ""
"There are two types of directory under <filename>doc/</filename>, each with "
"very specific directory names and meanings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:984 book.translate.xml:1038
msgid "Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:985 book.translate.xml:1039
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:991
msgid "<filename>share</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:994
msgid ""
"Contains files that are not specific to the various translations and "
"encodings of the documentation. Contains subdirectories to further "
"categorize the information. For example, the files that comprise the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> infrastructure are in <filename>share/mk</filename>, while the "
"additional <acronym>XML</acronym> support files (such as the FreeBSD "
"extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>) are in <filename>share/xml</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1006
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
"replaceable></filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1009
msgid ""
"One directory exists for each available translation and encoding of the "
"documentation, for example <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</filename> and "
"<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>. The names are long, but by fully "
"specifying the language and encoding we prevent any future headaches when a "
"translation team wants to provide documentation in the same language but in "
"more than one encoding. This also avoids problems that might be caused by a "
"future switch to Unicode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1026
msgid ""
"The <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
"replaceable>/</filename> Directories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1030
msgid ""
"These directories contain the documents themselves. The documentation is "
"split into up to three more categories at this level, indicated by the "
"different directory names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1045
msgid "<filename>articles</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1048
msgid ""
"Documentation marked up as a DocBook <tag>article</tag> (or equivalent). "
"Reasonably short, and broken up into sections. Normally only available as "
"one <acronym>XHTML</acronym> file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1055
msgid "<filename>books</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Documentation marked up as a DocBook <tag>book</tag> (or equivalent). Book "
"length, and broken up into chapters. Normally available as both one large "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> file (for people with fast connections, or who want "
"to print it easily from a browser) and as a collection of linked, smaller "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1067
msgid "<filename>man</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1070
msgid ""
"For translations of the system manual pages. This directory will contain one "
"or more <filename role=\"directory\">man<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"filename> directories, corresponding to the sections that have been "
"translated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1079
msgid ""
"Not every <filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>lang</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename> directory will have all of "
"these subdirectories. It depends on how much translation has been "
"accomplished by that translation team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1086
msgid "Document-Specific Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1088
msgid ""
"This section contains specific notes about particular documents managed by "
"the FDP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1092
msgid "The Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/subtitle
#: book.translate.xml:1094
msgid "<filename>books/handbook/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1096
msgid ""
"The Handbook is written in DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym> using the FreeBSD "
"DocBook extended <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1099
msgid ""
"The Handbook is organized as a DocBook <tag>book</tag>. The book is divided "
"into <tag>part</tag>s, each of which contains several <tag>chapter</tag>s. "
"<tag>chapter</tag>s are further subdivided into sections (<tag>sect1</tag>) "
"and subsections (<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1108
msgid "Physical Organization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1110
msgid ""
"There are a number of files and directories within the <filename>handbook</"
"filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:1114
msgid ""
"The Handbook's organization may change over time, and this document may lag "
"in detailing the organizational changes. Post questions about Handbook "
"organization to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1121
msgid "<filename>Makefile</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1123
msgid ""
"The <filename>Makefile</filename> defines some variables that affect how the "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> source is converted to other formats, and lists the "
"various source files that make up the Handbook. It then includes the "
"standard <filename>doc.project.mk</filename>, to bring in the rest of the "
"code that handles converting documents from one format to another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1133
msgid "<filename>book.xml</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1135
msgid ""
"This is the top level document in the Handbook. It contains the Handbook's "
"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link>, "
"as well as the elements that describe the Handbook's structure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1140
msgid ""
"<filename>book.xml</filename> uses <link linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-"
"entities\">parameter entities</link> to load in the files with the "
"<filename>.ent</filename> extension. These files (described later) then "
"define <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> "
"that are used throughout the rest of the Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1149
msgid ""
"<filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>directory</replaceable>/chapter."
"xml</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1151
msgid ""
"Each chapter in the Handbook is stored in a file called <filename>chapter."
"xml</filename> in a separate directory from the other chapters. Each "
"directory is named after the value of the <literal>id</literal> attribute on "
"the <tag>chapter</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1158
msgid "For example, if one of the chapter files contains:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1161
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter id=\"kernelconfig\"</tag>\n"
"...\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1165
msgid ""
"Then it will be called <filename>chapter.xml</filename> in the "
"<filename>kernelconfig</filename> directory. In general, the entire contents "
"of the chapter are in this one file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1171
msgid ""
"When the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> version of the Handbook is produced, this "
"will yield <filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>. This is because of the "
"<literal>id</literal> value, and is not related to the name of the directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1177
msgid ""
"In earlier versions of the Handbook, the files were stored in the same "
"directory as <filename>book.xml</filename>, and named after the value of the "
"<literal>id</literal> attribute on the file's <tag>chapter</tag> element. "
"Now, it is possible to include images in each chapter. Images for each "
"Handbook chapter are stored within <filename>share/images/books/handbook</"
"filename>. The localized version of these images should be placed in the "
"same directory as the <acronym>XML</acronym> sources for each chapter. "
"Namespace collisions are inevitable, and it is easier to work with several "
"directories with a few files in them than it is to work with one directory "
"that has many files in it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1192
msgid ""
"A brief look will show that there are many directories with individual "
"<filename>chapter.xml</filename> files, including <filename>basics/chapter."
"xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</filename>, and "
"<filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:1199
msgid ""
"Do not name chapters or directories after their ordering within the "
"Handbook. This ordering can change as the content within the Handbook is "
"reorganized. Reorganization should be possible without renaming files, "
"unless entire chapters are being promoted or demoted within the hierarchy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The <filename>chapter.xml</filename> files are not complete <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> documents that can be built individually. They can only be built as "
"parts of the whole Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:1249
msgid "The Documentation Build Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:1251
msgid ""
"This chapter covers organization of the documentation build process and how "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to control it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1255
msgid "Rendering DocBook into Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1257
msgid ""
"Different types of output can be produced from a single DocBook source file. "
"The type of output desired is set with the <varname>FORMATS</varname> "
"variable. A list of known formats is stored in <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</"
"varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#doc-build-rendering-known-formats
#: book.translate.xml:1262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make -V KNOWN_FORMATS</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:1266
msgid "Common Output Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1271
msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname> Value"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1272
msgid "File Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
#: book.translate.xml:1273 book.translate.xml:7247 book.translate.xml:8382
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1279 book.translate.xml:2504
msgid "<literal>html</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1280
msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, one file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1281
msgid ""
"A single <filename>book.html</filename> or <filename>article.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1286
msgid "<literal>html-split</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1287
msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, multiple files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1288
msgid ""
"Multiple <acronym>HTML</acronym> files, one for each chapter or section, for "
"use on a typical web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1294
msgid "<literal>pdf</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1295
msgid "<acronym>PDF</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1296
msgid "Portable Document Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1302
msgid ""
"The default output format can vary by document, but is usually <literal>html-"
"split</literal>. Other formats are chosen by setting <varname>FORMATS</"
"varname> to a specific value. Multiple output formats can be created at a "
"single time by setting <varname>FORMATS</varname> to a list of formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1309
msgid "Build a Single HTML Output File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1316
msgid "Build HTML-Split and <acronym>PDF</acronym> Output Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=\"html-split pdf\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1325
msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Build Toolset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1327
msgid ""
"These are the tools used to build and install the <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1332
msgid ""
"The primary build tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, specifically "
"<application>Berkeley Make</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1337
msgid ""
"Package building is handled by FreeBSD's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-"
"create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1342
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to create compressed versions of the document. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> archives are also supported. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used for package "
"building."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1348
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to install the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1356
msgid "Understanding <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the Documentation Tree"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1359
msgid ""
"There are three main types of <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1364
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"sub-make\">Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
"link> simply pass commands to those directories below them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1370
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"doc-make\">Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
"link> describe the documents that are produced from this directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1377
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"make-includes\"><application>Make</application> includes</"
"link> are the glue that perform the document production, and are usually of "
"the form <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1385
msgid "Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1387
msgid "These <filename>Makefile</filename>s usually take the form of:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SUBDIR =articles\n"
"SUBDIR+=books\n"
"\n"
"COMPAT_SYMLINK = en\n"
"\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/..\n"
".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1398
msgid ""
"The first four non-empty lines define the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables "
"<varname>SUBDIR</varname>, <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname>, and "
"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1403
msgid ""
"The <varname>SUBDIR</varname> statement and <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</"
"varname> statement show how to assign a value to a variable, overriding any "
"previous value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1408
msgid ""
"The second <varname>SUBDIR</varname> statement shows how a value is appended "
"to the current value of a variable. The <varname>SUBDIR</varname> variable "
"is now <literal>articles books</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1413
msgid ""
"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> assignment shows how a value is assigned "
"to the variable, but only if it is not already defined. This is useful if "
"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> is not where this <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> thinks it is - the user can override this and provide the correct "
"value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1420
msgid ""
"What does it all mean? <varname>SUBDIR</varname> mentions which "
"subdirectories below this one the build process should pass any work on to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1424
msgid ""
"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> is specific to compatibility symlinks "
"(amazingly enough) for languages to their official encoding (<filename>doc/"
"en</filename> would point to <filename>en_US.ISO-8859-1</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1429
msgid ""
"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> is the path to the root of the FreeBSD "
"Document Project tree. This is not always that easy to find, and is also "
"easily overridden, to allow for flexibility. <varname>.CURDIR</varname> is a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> builtin variable with the path to the current directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1436
msgid ""
"The final line includes the FreeBSD Documentation Project's project-wide "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system file <filename>doc.project.mk</filename> which is the "
"glue which converts these variables into build instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1443
msgid "Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1445
msgid ""
"These <filename>Makefile</filename>s set <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables that "
"describe how to build the documentation contained in that directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1449
msgid "Here is an example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1451
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
"\n"
"DOC?= book\n"
"\n"
"FORMATS?= html-split html\n"
"\n"
"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
"\n"
"# SGML content\n"
"SRCS=  book.xml\n"
"\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
"\n"
".include \"$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1467
msgid ""
"The <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> variable allows committers to claim "
"ownership of a document in the FreeBSD Documentation Project, and take "
"responsibility for maintaining it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1472
msgid ""
"<varname>DOC</varname> is the name (sans the <filename>.xml</filename> "
"extension) of the main document created by this directory. <varname>SRCS</"
"varname> lists all the individual files that make up the document. This "
"should also include important files in which a change should result in a "
"rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1479
msgid ""
"<varname>FORMATS</varname> indicates the default formats that should be "
"built for this document. <varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> is the "
"default list of compression techniques that should be used in the document "
"build. <varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname>, empty by default, should be "
"non-empty if only compressed documents are desired in the build."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1487
msgid ""
"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> and include statements should be familiar "
"already."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1493
msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project <application>Make</application> Includes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1496
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> includes are best explained by inspection of the code. Here "
"are the system include files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1501
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.project.mk</filename> is the main project include file, which "
"includes all the following include files, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1507
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename> handles traversing of the document tree "
"during the build and install processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1513
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.install.mk</filename> provides variables that affect ownership "
"and installation of documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1518
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename> is included if <varname>DOCFORMAT</"
"varname> is <literal>docbook</literal> and <varname>DOC</varname> is set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1525
msgid "<filename>doc.project.mk</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1527
msgid "By inspection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DOCFORMAT?=\tdocbook\n"
"MAINTAINER?=\tdoc@FreeBSD.org\n"
"\n"
"PREFIX?=\t/usr/local\n"
"PRI_LANG?=\ten_US.ISO8859-1\n"
"\n"
".if defined(DOC)\n"
".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"\n"
".include \"doc.docbook.mk\"\n"
".endif\n"
".endif\n"
"\n"
".include \"doc.subdir.mk\"\n"
".include \"doc.install.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1546 book.translate.xml:1596
msgid "Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1548
msgid ""
"<varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> and <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> are assigned "
"default values, if these are not set by the document make file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1552
msgid ""
"<varname>PREFIX</varname> is the prefix under which the <link linkend=\"tools"
"\">documentation building tools</link> are installed. For normal package and "
"port installation, this is <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1557
msgid ""
"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname> should be set to whatever language and encoding "
"is natural amongst users these documents are being built for. US English is "
"the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:1563
msgid ""
"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname> does not affect which documents can, or even "
"will, be built. Its main use is creating links to commonly referenced "
"documents into the FreeBSD documentation install root."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1571
msgid "Conditionals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1573
msgid ""
"The <literal>.if defined(DOC)</literal> line is an example of a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> conditional which, like in other programs, defines behavior if "
"some condition is true or if it is false. <literal>defined</literal> is a "
"function which returns whether the variable given is defined or not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1579
msgid ""
"<literal>.if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"</literal>, next, tests whether the "
"<varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> variable is <literal>\"docbook\"</literal>, and "
"in this case, includes <filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1584
msgid ""
"The two <literal>.endif</literal>s close the two above conditionals, marking "
"the end of their application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1590
msgid "<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1592
msgid ""
"This file is too long to explain in detail. These notes describe the most "
"important features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1600
msgid ""
"<varname>SUBDIR</varname> is a list of subdirectories that the build process "
"should go further down into."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1606
msgid ""
"<varname>ROOT_SYMLINKS</varname> is the name of directories that should be "
"linked to the document install root from their actual locations, if the "
"current language is the primary language (specified by <varname>PRI_LANG</"
"varname>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1614
msgid ""
"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> is described in the <link linkend=\"sub-"
"make\">Subdirectory Makefile</link> section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1623
msgid "Targets and Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1625
msgid ""
"Dependencies are described by <literal><replaceable>target</replaceable>: "
"<replaceable>dependency1 dependency2 ...</replaceable></literal> tuples, "
"where to build <literal>target</literal>, the given dependencies must be "
"built first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1632
msgid ""
"After that descriptive tuple, instructions on how to build the target may be "
"given, if the conversion process between the target and its dependencies are "
"not previously defined, or if this particular conversion is not the same as "
"the default conversion method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1638
msgid ""
"A special dependency <literal>.USE</literal> defines the equivalent of a "
"macro."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1641 book.translate.xml:1728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_SUBDIRUSE: .USE\n"
".for entry in ${SUBDIR}\n"
"\t@${ECHO} \"===&gt; ${DIRPRFX}${entry}\"\n"
"\t@(cd ${.CURDIR}/${entry} &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"\t${MAKE} ${.TARGET:S/realpackage/package/:S/realinstall/install/} DIRPRFX=${DIRPRFX}${entry}/ )\n"
".endfor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1648 book.translate.xml:1664
msgid "_SUBDIRUSE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1648
msgid ""
"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> is now a macro which will execute the given "
"commands when it is listed as a dependency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1652
msgid ""
"What sets this macro apart from other targets? Basically, it is executed "
"<emphasis>after</emphasis> the instructions given in the build procedure it "
"is listed as a dependency to, and it does not adjust <varname>.TARGET</"
"varname>, which is the variable which contains the name of the target "
"currently being built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"clean: _SUBDIRUSE\n"
"\trm -f ${CLEANFILES}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1663 book.translate.xml:1667 book.translate.xml:1687
#: book.translate.xml:6113 book.translate.xml:6117 book.translate.xml:6121
msgid "clean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1663
msgid ""
"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> will use the <_:buildtarget-2/> macro after "
"it has executed the instruction <command>rm -f ${CLEANFILES}</command>. In "
"effect, this causes <_:buildtarget-3/> to go further and further down the "
"directory tree, deleting built files as it goes <emphasis>down</emphasis>, "
"not on the way back up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1673
msgid "Provided Targets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1677
msgid "install"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1678
msgid "package"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1681
msgid "realinstall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1682
msgid "realpackage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1677
msgid ""
"<_:buildtarget-1/> and <_:buildtarget-2/> both go down the directory tree "
"calling the real versions of themselves in the subdirectories (<_:"
"buildtarget-3/> and <_:buildtarget-4/> respectively)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1690
msgid "cleandir"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1687
msgid ""
"<_:buildtarget-1/> removes files created by the build process (and goes down "
"the directory tree too). <_:buildtarget-2/> does the same, and also removes "
"the object directory, if any."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1698
msgid "More on Conditionals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1702
msgid ""
"<literal>exists</literal> is another condition function which returns true "
"if the given file exists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1708
msgid "<literal>empty</literal> returns true if the given variable is empty."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1713
msgid ""
"<literal>target</literal> returns true if the given target does not already "
"exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1720
msgid "Looping Constructs in <command>make (.for)</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1723
msgid ""
"<literal>.for</literal> provides a way to repeat a set of instructions for "
"each space-separated element in a variable. It does this by assigning a "
"variable to contain the current element in the list being examined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1735
msgid ""
"In the above, if <varname>SUBDIR</varname> is empty, no action is taken; if "
"it has one or more elements, the instructions between <literal>.for</"
"literal> and <literal>.endfor</literal> would repeat for every element, with "
"<varname>entry</varname> being replaced with the value of the current "
"element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:1778
msgid "The Website"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:1780
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD web site is part of the FreeBSD documents. Files for the web "
"site are stored in the <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</filename> "
"subdirectory of the document tree directory, <filename>~/doc</filename> in "
"this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1787
msgid "Environment Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1789
msgid ""
"Several environment variables control which parts of the web site are built "
"or installed, and to which directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:1794
msgid ""
"The web build system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and considers "
"variables to be set when they have been defined, even if they are empty. The "
"examples here show the recommended ways of defining and using these "
"variables. Setting or defining these variables with other values or methods "
"might lead to unexpected surprises."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1804
msgid "<varname>DOCDIR</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1807
msgid "DOCDIR specifies the path where the web site files are to be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1810
msgid ""
"This variable is best set with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>env</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or the user shell's "
"method of setting environment variables, <command>setenv</command> for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <command>export</command> for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1820
msgid "<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1823
msgid "Default: undefined. Build and include all translations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1826
msgid ""
"<userinput>ENGLISH_ONLY=yes</userinput>: use only the English documents and "
"ignore all translations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1832
msgid "<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1835
msgid ""
"Default: undefined. Build both the web site and all the books and articles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1838
msgid ""
"<userinput>WEB_ONLY=yes</userinput>: build or install only <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym> pages from the <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</filename> "
"directory. Other directories and documents, including books and articles, "
"will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1847
msgid "<varname>WEB_LANG</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1850
msgid ""
"Default: undefined. Build and include all the available languages on the web "
"site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Set to a space-separated list of languages to be included in the build or "
"install. The formats are the same as the directory names in the document "
"root directory. For example, to include the German and French documents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1859
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>WEB_LANG=\"de_DE.ISO8859-1 fr_FR.ISO8859-1\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1864
msgid ""
"<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>, <varname>WEB_LANG</varname>, and "
"<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname> are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables and can be "
"set in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, <filename>Makefile.inc</"
"filename>, as environment variables on the command line, or in dot files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1872
msgid "Building and Installing the Web Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1874
msgid ""
"Having obtained the documentation and web site source files, the web site "
"can be built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1877
msgid ""
"An actual installation of the web site is run as the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user because the permissions on the web "
"server directory will not allow files to be installed by an unprivileged "
"user. For testing, it can be useful to install the files as a normal user to "
"a temporary directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1884
msgid ""
"In these examples, the web site files are built by user <systemitem class="
"\"username\">jru</systemitem> in their home directory, <filename>~/doc</"
"filename>, with a full path of <filename>/usr/home/jru/doc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:1890
msgid ""
"The web site build uses the <filename>INDEX</filename> from the Ports "
"Collection and might fail if that file or <filename>/usr/ports</filename> is "
"not present. The simplest approach is to install the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ports.html#ports-tree"
"\">Ports Collection</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1898
msgid "Build the Full Web Site and All Documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1900
msgid ""
"Build the web site and all documents. The resulting files are left in the "
"document tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1908
msgid "Build Only the Web Site in English"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1910
msgid ""
"Build the web site only, in English, as user <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">jru</systemitem>, and install the resulting files into <filename>/tmp/"
"www</filename> for testing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1915
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>env DOCDIR=/tmp/www make ENGLISH_ONLY=yes WEB_ONLY=yes all install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1918
msgid ""
"Changes to static files can usually be tested by viewing the modified files "
"directly with a web browser. If the site has been built as shown above, a "
"modified main page can be viewed with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1923
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox /tmp/www/data/index.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1925
msgid ""
"Modifications to dynamic files can be tested with a web server running on "
"the local system. After building the site as shown above, this <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf</filename> can be used with <package>www/"
"apache24</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1931
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# httpd.conf for testing the FreeBSD website\n"
"Define TestRoot \"/tmp/www/data\"\n"
"\n"
"# directory for configuration files\n"
"ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"\n"
"\n"
"Listen 80\n"
"\n"
"# minimum required modules\n"
"LoadModule authz_core_module libexec/apache24/mod_authz_core.so\n"
"LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache24/mod_mime.so\n"
"LoadModule unixd_module libexec/apache24/mod_unixd.so\n"
"LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache24/mod_cgi.so\n"
"LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache24/mod_dir.so\n"
"\n"
"# run the webserver as user and group\n"
"User www\n"
"Group www\n"
"\n"
"ServerAdmin you@example.com\n"
"ServerName fbsdtest\n"
"\n"
"# deny access to all files\n"
"&lt;Directory /&gt;\n"
"    AllowOverride none\n"
"    Require all denied\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# allow access to the website directory\n"
"DocumentRoot \"${TestRoot}\"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}\"&gt;\n"
"    Options Indexes FollowSymLinks\n"
"    AllowOverride None\n"
"    Require all granted\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# prevent access to .htaccess and .htpasswd files\n"
"&lt;Files \".ht*\"&gt;\n"
"    Require all denied\n"
"&lt;/Files&gt;\n"
"\n"
"ErrorLog \"/var/log/httpd-error.log\"\n"
"LogLevel warn\n"
"\n"
"# set up the CGI script directory\n"
"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}/cgi\"&gt;\n"
"    AllowOverride None\n"
"    Options None\n"
"    Require all granted\n"
"    Options +ExecCGI\n"
"    AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"Include etc/apache24/Includes/*.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1986
msgid "Start the web server with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1988
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache24 onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1990
msgid ""
"The web site can be viewed at <link xlink:href=\"http://localhost\"/>. Be "
"aware that many links refer to the real FreeBSD site by name, and those "
"links will still go to the external site instead of the local test version. "
"Fully testing the local site will require temporarily setting <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> so <literal>www.FreeBSD.org</literal> resolves to "
"<literal>localhost</literal> or the local <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2001
msgid "Build and Install the Web Site"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2003
msgid ""
"Build the web site and all documents as user <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">jru</systemitem>. Install the resulting files as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> into the default directory, <filename>/root/"
"public_html</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2010
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/home/jru/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2018
msgid ""
"The install process does not delete any old or outdated files that existed "
"previously in the same directory. If a new copy of the site is built and "
"installed every day, this command will find and delete all files that have "
"not been updated in three days:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2024
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find <replaceable>/usr/local/www</replaceable> -ctime 3 -delete</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:2060
msgid "XML Primer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Most <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation is written with markup languages "
"based on <acronym>XML</acronym>. This chapter explains what that means, how "
"to read and understand the documentation source, and the <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> techniques used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Portions of this section were inspired by Mark Galassi's <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.galassi.org/mark/mydocs/docbook-intro/docbook-intro.html\">Get "
"Going With DocBook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2074
msgid ""
"In the original days of computers, electronic text was simple. There were a "
"few character sets like <acronym>ASCII</acronym> or <acronym>EBCDIC</"
"acronym>, but that was about it. Text was text, and what you saw really was "
"what you got. No frills, no formatting, no intelligence."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Inevitably, this was not enough. When text is in a machine-usable format, "
"machines are expected to be able to use and manipulate it intelligently. "
"Authors want to indicate that certain phrases should be emphasized, or added "
"to a glossary, or made into hyperlinks. Filenames could be shown in a "
"<quote>typewriter</quote> style font for viewing on screen, but as "
"<quote>italics</quote> when printed, or any of a myriad of other options for "
"presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2089
msgid ""
"It was once hoped that Artificial Intelligence (AI) would make this easy. "
"The computer would read the document and automatically identify key phrases, "
"filenames, text that the reader should type in, examples, and more. "
"Unfortunately, real life has not happened quite like that, and computers "
"still require assistance before they can meaningfully process text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2097
msgid ""
"More precisely, they need help identifying what is what. Consider this text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:2101
msgid ""
"To remove <filename>/tmp/foo</filename>, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2104
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>rm /tmp/foo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2107
msgid ""
"It is easy to see which parts are filenames, which are commands to be typed "
"in, which parts are references to manual pages, and so on. But the computer "
"processing the document cannot. For this we need markup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2112
msgid ""
"<quote>Markup</quote> is commonly used to describe <quote>adding value</"
"quote> or <quote>increasing cost</quote>. The term takes on both these "
"meanings when applied to text. Markup is additional text included in the "
"document, distinguished from the document's content in some way, so that "
"programs that process the document can read the markup and use it when "
"making decisions about the document. Editors can hide the markup from the "
"user, so the user is not distracted by it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2122
msgid ""
"The extra information stored in the markup <emphasis>adds value</emphasis> "
"to the document. Adding the markup to the document must typically be done by "
"a person—after all, if computers could recognize the text sufficiently well "
"to add the markup then there would be no need to add it in the first place. "
"This <emphasis>increases the cost</emphasis> (the effort required) to create "
"the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2131
msgid ""
"The previous example is actually represented in this document like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2134
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To remove <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>, use &amp;man.rm.1;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>rm /tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2138
msgid "The markup is clearly separate from the content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2140
msgid ""
"Markup languages define what the markup means and how it should be "
"interpreted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2143
msgid ""
"Of course, one markup language might not be enough. A markup language for "
"technical documentation has very different requirements than a markup "
"language that is intended for cookery recipes. This, in turn, would be very "
"different from a markup language used to describe poetry. What is really "
"needed is a first language used to write these other markup languages. A "
"<emphasis>meta markup language</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2151
msgid ""
"This is exactly what the eXtensible Markup Language (<acronym>XML</acronym>) "
"is. Many markup languages have been written in <acronym>XML</acronym>, "
"including the two most used by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>, <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym> and DocBook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2157
msgid ""
"Each language definition is more properly called a grammar, vocabulary, "
"schema or Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>). There are "
"various languages to specify an <acronym>XML</acronym> grammar, or "
"<emphasis>schema</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#xml-primer-validating
#: book.translate.xml:2163
msgid ""
"A schema is a <emphasis>complete</emphasis> specification of all the "
"elements that are allowed to appear, the order in which they should appear, "
"which elements are mandatory, which are optional, and so forth. This makes "
"it possible to write an <acronym>XML</acronym> <emphasis>parser</emphasis> "
"which reads in both the schema and a document which claims to conform to the "
"schema. The parser can then confirm whether or not all the elements required "
"by the vocabulary are in the document in the right order, and whether there "
"are any errors in the markup. This is normally referred to as "
"<quote>validating the document</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Validation confirms that the choice of elements, their ordering, and so on, "
"conforms to that listed in the grammar. It does <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"check whether <emphasis>appropriate</emphasis> markup has been used for the "
"content. If all the filenames in a document were marked up as function "
"names, the parser would not flag this as an error (assuming, of course, that "
"the schema defines elements for filenames and functions, and that they are "
"allowed to appear in the same place)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2188
msgid ""
"Most contributions to the Documentation Project will be content marked up in "
"either <acronym>XHTML</acronym> or DocBook, rather than alterations to the "
"schemas. For this reason, this book will not touch on how to write a "
"vocabulary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2196
msgid "Elements, Tags, and Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2198
msgid ""
"All the vocabularies written in <acronym>XML</acronym> share certain "
"characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the philosophy behind "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> will inevitably show through. One of the most obvious "
"manifestations of this philosophy is that of <emphasis>content</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>elements</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2205
msgid ""
"Documentation, whether it is a single web page, or a lengthy book, is "
"considered to consist of content. This content is then divided and further "
"subdivided into elements. The purpose of adding markup is to name and "
"identify the boundaries of these elements for further processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2211
msgid ""
"For example, consider a typical book. At the very top level, the book is "
"itself an element. This <quote>book</quote> element obviously contains "
"chapters, which can be considered to be elements in their own right. Each "
"chapter will contain more elements, such as paragraphs, quotations, and "
"footnotes. Each paragraph might contain further elements, identifying "
"content that was direct speech, or the name of a character in the story."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2220
msgid ""
"It may be helpful to think of this as <quote>chunking</quote> content. At "
"the very top level is one chunk, the book. Look a little deeper, and there "
"are more chunks, the individual chapters. These are chunked further into "
"paragraphs, footnotes, character names, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2226
msgid ""
"Notice how this differentiation between different elements of the content "
"can be made without resorting to any <acronym>XML</acronym> terms. It really "
"is surprisingly straightforward. This could be done with a highlighter pen "
"and a printout of the book, using different colors to indicate different "
"chunks of content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Of course, we do not have an electronic highlighter pen, so we need some "
"other way of indicating which element each piece of content belongs to. In "
"languages written in <acronym>XML</acronym> (<acronym>XHTML</acronym>, "
"DocBook, et al) this is done by means of <emphasis>tags</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2239
msgid ""
"A tag is used to identify where a particular element starts, and where the "
"element ends. <emphasis>The tag is not part of the element itself</"
"emphasis>. Because each grammar was normally written to mark up specific "
"types of information, each one will recognize different elements, and will "
"therefore have different names for the tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2246
msgid ""
"For an element called <replaceable>element-name</replaceable> the start tag "
"will normally look like <tag class=\"starttag\"><replaceable>element-name</"
"replaceable></tag>. The corresponding closing tag for this element is <tag "
"class=\"endtag\"><replaceable>element-name</replaceable></tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2252
msgid "Using an Element (Start and End Tags)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2254
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating that the content "
"enclosed by the element is a paragraph, called <tag>p</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph.  It starts with the start tag for\n"
"  the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'\n"
"  element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph.  But this one is much shorter.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2265
msgid ""
"Some elements have no content. For example, in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, a "
"horizontal line can be included in the document. For these <quote>empty</"
"quote> elements, <acronym>XML</acronym> introduced a shorthand form that is "
"completely equivalent to the two-tag version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2272
msgid "Using an Element Without Content"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2274
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating a horizontal rule, "
"called <tag>hr</tag>. This element does not wrap content, so it looks like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2278
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">hr</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">hr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph.  A horizontal rule separates this\n"
"  from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2284
msgid "The shorthand version consists of a single tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"emptytag\">hr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph.  A horizontal rule separates this\n"
"  from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2293
msgid ""
"As shown above, elements can contain other elements. In the book example "
"earlier, the book element contained all the chapter elements, which in turn "
"contained all the paragraph elements, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2299
msgid "Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2301
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> where some\n"
"  of the <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>words<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> have been <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>emphasized<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2305
msgid ""
"The grammar consists of rules that describe which elements can contain other "
"elements, and exactly what they can contain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2310
msgid ""
"People often confuse the terms tags and elements, and use the terms as if "
"they were interchangeable. They are not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2314
msgid ""
"An element is a conceptual part of your document. An element has a defined "
"start and end. The tags mark where the element starts and ends."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2318
msgid ""
"When this document (or anyone else knowledgeable about <acronym>XML</"
"acronym>) refers to <quote>the <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag> tag</quote> "
"they mean the literal text consisting of the three characters <literal>&lt;</"
"literal>, <literal>p</literal>, and <literal>&gt;</literal>. But the phrase "
"<quote>the <tag>p</tag> element</quote> refers to the whole element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2327
msgid ""
"This distinction <emphasis>is</emphasis> very subtle. But keep it in mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2331
msgid ""
"Elements can have attributes. An attribute has a name and a value, and is "
"used for adding extra information to the element. This might be information "
"that indicates how the content should be rendered, or might be something "
"that uniquely identifies that occurrence of the element, or it might be "
"something else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2337
msgid ""
"An element's attributes are written <emphasis>inside</emphasis> the start "
"tag for that element, and take the form <literal><replaceable>attribute-"
"name</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>attribute-value</replaceable>\"</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2342
msgid ""
"In <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, the <tag>p</tag> element has an attribute "
"called <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag>, which suggests an alignment "
"(justification) for the paragraph to the program displaying the "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2348
msgid ""
"The <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag> attribute can take one of four "
"defined values, <literal>left</literal>, <literal>center</literal>, "
"<literal>right</literal> and <literal>justify</literal>. If the attribute is "
"not specified then the default is <literal>left</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2355
msgid "Using an Element with an Attribute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"left\"</tag>The inclusion of the align attribute\n"
"  on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"center\"</tag>This may appear in the center.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2363
msgid ""
"Some attributes only take specific values, such as <literal>left</literal> "
"or <literal>justify</literal>. Others allow any value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2368
msgid "Single Quotes Around Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2370
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">p align='right'</tag>I am on the right!<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2373
msgid ""
"Attribute values in <acronym>XML</acronym> must be enclosed in either single "
"or double quotes. Double quotes are traditional. Single quotes are useful "
"when the attribute value contains double quotes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2378
msgid ""
"Information about attributes, elements, and tags is stored in catalog files. "
"The Documentation Project uses standard DocBook catalogs and includes "
"additional catalogs for FreeBSD-specific features. Paths to the catalog "
"files are defined in an environment variable so they can be found by the "
"document build tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2386 book.translate.xml:2781 book.translate.xml:2917
#: book.translate.xml:3104 book.translate.xml:3397
msgid "To Do…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Before running the examples in this document, install <package>textproc/"
"docproj</package> from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. This is a "
"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> that downloads and installs the standard "
"programs and supporting files needed by the Documentation Project. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> users must use <command>rehash</command> for the shell to "
"recognize new programs after they have been installed, or log out and then "
"log back in again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2399
msgid "Create <filename>example.xml</filename>, and enter this text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2402
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2420
msgid "Try to validate this file using an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2423
msgid ""
"<package>textproc/docproj</package> includes the <command>xmllint</command> "
"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-validating\">validating parser</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2428
msgid "Use <command>xmllint</command> to validate the document:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2431
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2433
msgid ""
"<command>xmllint</command> returns without displaying any output, showing "
"that the document validated successfully."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2439
msgid ""
"See what happens when required elements are omitted. Delete the line with "
"the <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag> and <tag class=\"endtag\">title</"
"tag> tags, and re-run the validation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>\n"
"example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2448
msgid ""
"This shows that the validation error comes from the <replaceable>fifth</"
"replaceable> line of the <replaceable>example.xml</replaceable> file and "
"that the content of the <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag> is the part which "
"does not follow the rules of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> grammar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2455
msgid ""
"Then <command>xmllint</command> shows the line where the error was found and "
"marks the exact character position with a <literal>^</literal> sign."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2461
msgid "Replace the <tag>title</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2468
msgid "The DOCTYPE Declaration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2470
msgid ""
"The beginning of each document can specify the name of the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> to which the document conforms. This DOCTYPE declaration is used by "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parsers to identify the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and "
"ensure that the document does conform to it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2476
msgid ""
"A typical declaration for a document written to conform with version 1.0 of "
"the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2480
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2482
msgid "That line contains a number of different components."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2486
msgid "<literal>&lt;!</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2489
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>indicator</emphasis> shows this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"declaration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2495
msgid "<literal>DOCTYPE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2498
msgid ""
"Shows that this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> declaration of the document "
"type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2507
msgid ""
"Names the first <link linkend=\"xml-primer-elements\">element</link> that "
"will appear in the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2514
msgid "<literal>PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2520 book.translate.xml:2561
msgid "<primary>Formal Public Identifier</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2518
msgid ""
"Lists the Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>) <_:indexterm-1/> "
"for the <acronym>DTD</acronym> to which this document conforms. The "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser uses this to find the correct <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> when processing this document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<literal>PUBLIC</literal> is not a part of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>, but "
"indicates to the <acronym>XML</acronym> processor how to find the "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym> referenced in the <acronym>FPI</acronym>. Other ways "
"of telling the <acronym>XML</acronym> parser how to find the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> are shown <link linkend=\"xml-primer-fpi-alternatives\">later</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2539
msgid ""
"<literal>\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2542
msgid ""
"A local filename or a <acronym>URL</acronym> to find the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2548
msgid "<literal>&gt;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2551
msgid "Ends the declaration and returns to the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2558
msgid "Formal Public Identifiers (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2566
msgid ""
"It is not necessary to know this, but it is useful background, and might "
"help debug problems when the <acronym>XML</acronym> processor cannot locate "
"the <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2572
msgid "<acronym>FPI</acronym>s must follow a specific syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2575
#, no-wrap
msgid "\"<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>//<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable> <replaceable>Description</replaceable>//<replaceable>Language</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2579
msgid "<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2582
msgid "The owner of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2584
msgid ""
"The beginning of the string identifies the owner of the <acronym>FPI</"
"acronym>. For example, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> <literal>\"ISO 8879:1986//"
"ENTITIES Greek Symbols//EN\"</literal> lists <literal>ISO 8879:1986</"
"literal> as being the owner for the set of entities for Greek symbols. "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8879:1986 is the International Organization for "
"Standardization (<acronym>ISO</acronym>) number for the <acronym>SGML</"
"acronym> standard, the predecessor (and a superset) of <acronym>XML</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2597
msgid ""
"Otherwise, this string will either look like <literal>-//<replaceable>Owner</"
"replaceable></literal> or <literal>+//<replaceable>Owner</replaceable></"
"literal> (notice the only difference is the leading <literal>+</literal> or "
"<literal>-</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2604
msgid ""
"If the string starts with <literal>-</literal> then the owner information is "
"unregistered, with a <literal>+</literal> identifying it as registered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2609
msgid ""
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 9070:1991 defines how registered names are generated. "
"It might be derived from the number of an <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
"publication, an <acronym>ISBN</acronym> code, or an organization code "
"assigned according to <acronym>ISO</acronym> 6523. Additionally, a "
"registration authority could be created in order to assign registered names. "
"The <acronym>ISO</acronym> council delegated this to the American National "
"Standards Institute (<acronym>ANSI</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2620
msgid ""
"Because the FreeBSD Project has not been registered, the owner string is "
"<literal>-//FreeBSD</literal>. As seen in the example, the <acronym>W3C</"
"acronym> are not a registered owner either."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2628
msgid "<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2631
msgid ""
"There are several keywords that indicate the type of information in the "
"file. Some of the most common keywords are <literal>DTD</literal>, "
"<literal>ELEMENT</literal>, <literal>ENTITIES</literal>, and <literal>TEXT</"
"literal>. <literal>DTD</literal> is used only for <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
"files, <literal>ELEMENT</literal> is usually used for <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
"fragments that contain only entity or element declarations. <literal>TEXT</"
"literal> is used for <acronym>XML</acronym> content (text and tags)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2646
msgid "<replaceable>Description</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2649
msgid ""
"Any description can be given for the contents of this file. This may include "
"version numbers or any short text that is meaningful and unique for the "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2657
msgid "<replaceable>Language</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2660
msgid ""
"An <acronym>ISO</acronym> two-character code that identifies the native "
"language for the file. <literal>EN</literal> is used for English."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:2668
msgid "<filename>catalog</filename> Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:2670
msgid ""
"With the syntax above, an <acronym>XML</acronym> processor needs to have "
"some way of turning the <acronym>FPI</acronym> into the name of the file "
"containing the <acronym>DTD</acronym>. A catalog file (typically called "
"<filename>catalog</filename>) contains lines that map <acronym>FPI</"
"acronym>s to filenames. For example, if the catalog file contained the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2680
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC  \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"             \"1.0/transitional.dtd\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:2682
msgid ""
"The <acronym>XML</acronym> processor knows that the <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
"is called <filename>transitional.dtd</filename> in the <filename>1.0</"
"filename> subdirectory of the directory that held <filename>catalog</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:2688
msgid ""
"Examine the contents of <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog."
"xml</filename>. This is the catalog file for the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym>s that were installed as part of the <package>textproc/"
"docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2697
msgid "Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2699
msgid ""
"Instead of using an <acronym>FPI</acronym> to indicate the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> to which the document conforms (and therefore, which file on the "
"system contains the <acronym>DTD</acronym>), the filename can be explicitly "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2705
msgid "The syntax is slightly different:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2707
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM \"/path/to/file.dtd\"</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2709
msgid ""
"The <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword indicates that the <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> processor should locate the <acronym>DTD</acronym> in a system "
"specific fashion. This typically (but not always) means the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> will be provided as a filename."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2715
msgid ""
"Using <acronym>FPI</acronym>s is preferred for reasons of portability. If "
"the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> identifier is used, then the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> must be provided and kept in the same location for everyone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2723
msgid "Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2725
msgid ""
"Some of the underlying <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax can be useful within "
"documents. For example, comments can be included in the document, and will "
"be ignored by the parser. Comments are entered using <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"syntax. Other uses for <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax will be shown later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> sections begin with a <literal>&lt;!</literal> tag "
"and end with a <literal>&gt;</literal>. These sections contain instructions "
"for the parser rather than elements of the document. Everything between "
"these tags is <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax. The <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
"doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link> shown earlier is an example "
"of <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax included in the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2743
msgid "Comments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2745
msgid ""
"An <acronym>XML</acronym> document may contain comments. They may appear "
"anywhere as long as they are not inside tags. They are even allowed in some "
"locations inside the <acronym>DTD</acronym> (e.g., between <link linkend="
"\"xml-primer-entities\">entity declarations</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2751
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments start with the string <quote><literal>&lt;!--"
"</literal></quote> and end with the string <quote><literal>--&gt;</literal></"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2755
msgid "Here are some examples of valid <acronym>XML</acronym> comments:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2759
msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!-- This is inside the comment --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!--This is another comment--&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- This is how you\n"
"     write multiline comments --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;!-- Comment inside an element's content --&gt; paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2771
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments may contain any strings except "
"<quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2775
msgid "Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2777
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;!-- This comment--is wrong --&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2785
msgid ""
"Add some comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and check that the "
"file still validates using <command>xmllint</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2791
msgid ""
"Add some invalid comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and see the "
"error messages that <command>xmllint</command> gives when it encounters an "
"invalid comment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2801
msgid "Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2803
msgid ""
"Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of content. As an "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser processes a document, any entities it finds "
"are replaced by the content of the entity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2808
msgid ""
"This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable chunks of content in "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> documents. It is also the only way to include one "
"marked up file inside another using <acronym>XML</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2813
msgid ""
"There are two types of entities for two different situations: "
"<emphasis>general entities</emphasis> and <emphasis>parameter entities</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2818
msgid "General Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2820
msgid ""
"General entities are used to assign names to reusable chunks of text. These "
"entities can only be used in the document. They cannot be used in an "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> context."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2825
msgid ""
"To include the text of a general entity in the document, include "
"<literal>&amp;<replaceable>entity-name</replaceable>;</literal> in the text. "
"For example, consider a general entity called <literal>current.version</"
"literal> which expands to the current version number of a product. To use it "
"in the document, write:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2833
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The current version of our product is\n"
"  &amp;current.version;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2836
msgid ""
"When the version number changes, edit the definition of the general entity, "
"replacing the value. Then reprocess the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2840
msgid ""
"General entities can also be used to enter characters that could not "
"otherwise be included in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. For example, "
"<literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> cannot normally appear "
"in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. The <acronym>XML</acronym> parser "
"sees the <literal>&lt;</literal> symbol as the start of a tag. Likewise, "
"when the <literal>&amp;</literal> symbol is seen, the next text is expected "
"to be an entity name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2849
msgid ""
"These symbols can be included by using two predefined general entities: "
"<literal>&amp;lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;amp;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2853
msgid ""
"General entities can only be defined within an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"context. Such definitions are usually done immediately after the DOCTYPE "
"declaration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2858
msgid "Defining General Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY current.version    \"3.0-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY last.version       \"2.2.7-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
"]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2866
msgid ""
"The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a square bracket at the "
"end of the first line. The two entities are then defined over the next two "
"lines, the square bracket is closed, and then the DOCTYPE declaration is "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2872
msgid ""
"The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the DTD indicated by the "
"DOCTYPE declaration is being extended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2879
msgid "Parameter Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2881
msgid ""
"Parameter entities, like <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities"
"\">general entities</link>, are used to assign names to reusable chunks of "
"text. But parameter entities can only be used within an <link linkend=\"xml-"
"primer-xml-escape\">XML context</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2888
msgid ""
"Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for general entities. "
"However, parameter entities are included with <literal>%<replaceable>entity-"
"name</replaceable>;</literal>. The definition also includes the <literal>%</"
"literal> between the <literal>ENTITY</literal> keyword and the name of the "
"entity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2896
msgid ""
"For a mnemonic, think <quote><emphasis>P</emphasis>arameter entities use the "
"<emphasis>P</emphasis>ercent symbol</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2901
msgid "Defining Parameter Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % entity \"&lt;!ENTITY version '1.0'&gt;\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!-- use the parameter entity --&gt;\n"
"%entity;\n"
"]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2911
msgid ""
"At first sight, parameter entities do not look very useful, but they make it "
"possible to <link linkend=\"xml-primer-include\">include other files</link> "
"into an XML document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2921
msgid "Add a general entity to <filename>example.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2924
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- There may be some comments in here as well --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2949
msgid "Validate the document using <command>xmllint</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2954
msgid ""
"Load <filename>example.xml</filename> into a web browser. It may have to be "
"copied to <filename>example.html</filename> before the browser recognizes it "
"as an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2960
msgid ""
"Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this file as expected. The "
"entity reference <literal>&amp;version;</literal> may not be replaced by the "
"version number, or the <acronym>XML</acronym> context closing <literal>]&gt;"
"</literal> may not be recognized and instead shown in the output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2969
msgid ""
"The solution is to <emphasis>normalize</emphasis> the document with an "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> normalizer. The normalizer reads valid <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> and writes equally valid <acronym>XML</acronym> which has been "
"transformed in some way. One way the normalizer transforms the input is by "
"expanding all the entity references in the document, replacing the entities "
"with the text that they represent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2978
msgid ""
"<command>xmllint</command> can be used for this. It also has an option to "
"drop the initial <acronym>DTD</acronym> section so that the closing "
"<literal>]&gt;</literal> does not confuse browsers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2983
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2985
msgid ""
"A normalized copy of the document with entities expanded is produced in "
"<filename>example.html</filename>, ready to load into a web browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2994
msgid "Using Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2996
msgid ""
"Both <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-entities\">parameter</link> entities are "
"particularly useful for including one file inside another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3003 book.translate.xml:3019
msgid "Using General Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3005
msgid ""
"Consider some content for an <acronym>XML</acronym> book organized into "
"files, one file per chapter, called <filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, "
"<filename>chapter2.xml</filename>, and so forth, with a <filename>book.xml</"
"filename> that will contain these chapters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3012
msgid ""
"In order to use the contents of these files as the values for entities, they "
"are declared with the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword. This directs the "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser to include the contents of the named file as "
"the value of the entity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3021
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!-- And so forth --&gt;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  &lt;!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &amp;chapter.1;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.2;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.3;\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3039
msgid ""
"When using general entities to include other files within a document, the "
"files being included (<filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, <filename>chapter2."
"xml</filename>, and so on) <emphasis>must not</emphasis> start with a "
"DOCTYPE declaration. This is a syntax error because entities are low-level "
"constructs and they are resolved before any parsing happens."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3051 book.translate.xml:3070
msgid "Using Parameter Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3053
msgid ""
"Parameter entities can only be used inside an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"context. Including a file in an <acronym>XML</acronym> context can be used "
"to ensure that general entities are reusable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3058
msgid ""
"Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and these chapters "
"were reused in two different books, each book organizing the chapters in a "
"different fashion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3062
msgid ""
"The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but that quickly "
"becomes cumbersome to manage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3065
msgid ""
"Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one file, and use a "
"parameter entity to include that file within the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3072
msgid ""
"Place the entity definitions in a separate file called <filename>chapters."
"ent</filename> and containing this text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3076
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3080
msgid ""
"Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents of the file. Then use the "
"parameter entity to load the file into the document, which will then make "
"all the general entities available for use. Then use the general entities as "
"before:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities --&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM \"chapters.ent\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file --&gt;\n"
"%chapters;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  &amp;chapter.1;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.2;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.3;\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3107
msgid "Use General Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3111
msgid ""
"Create three files, <filename>para1.xml</filename>, <filename>para2.xml</"
"filename>, and <filename>para3.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3115
msgid "Put content like this in each file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3117
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3121 book.translate.xml:3174
msgid "Edit <filename>example.xml</filename> so that it looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3124
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    &amp;para1;\n"
"    &amp;para2;\n"
"    &amp;para3;\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3148 book.translate.xml:3209
msgid ""
"Produce <filename>example.html</filename> by normalizing <filename>example."
"xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3151 book.translate.xml:3212
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3155 book.translate.xml:3216
msgid ""
"Load <filename>example.html</filename> into the web browser and confirm that "
"the <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename> files have "
"been included in <filename>example.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3165
msgid "Use Parameter Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3168
msgid "The previous steps must have completed before this step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3177
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM \"entities.ent\"&gt; %entities;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    &amp;para1;\n"
"    &amp;para2;\n"
"    &amp;para3;\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3198
msgid ""
"Create a new file called <filename>entities.ent</filename> with this content:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3202
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3228
msgid "Marked Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3230
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> provides a mechanism to indicate that particular "
"pieces of the document should be processed in a special way. These are "
"called <quote>marked sections</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3236
msgid "Structure of a Marked Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[\n"
"  Contents of marked section\n"
"]]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3243
msgid ""
"As expected of an <acronym>XML</acronym> construct, a marked section starts "
"with <literal>&lt;!</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3246
msgid "The first square bracket begins the marked section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3248
msgid ""
"<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable> describes how this marked section is to "
"be processed by the parser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3251
msgid ""
"The second square bracket indicates the start of the marked section's "
"content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3254
msgid ""
"The marked section is finished by closing the two square brackets, and then "
"returning to the document context from the <acronym>XML</acronym> context "
"with <literal>&gt;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3260
msgid "Marked Section Keywords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3263
msgid "<literal>CDATA</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3265
msgid ""
"These keywords denote the marked sections <emphasis>content model</"
"emphasis>, and allow you to change it from the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3269
msgid ""
"When an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser is processing a document, it keeps "
"track of the <quote>content model</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3273
msgid ""
"The content model describes the content the parser is expecting to see and "
"what it will do with that content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3277
msgid "The <literal>CDATA</literal> content model is one of the most useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3280
msgid ""
"<literal>CDATA</literal> is for <quote>Character Data</quote>. When the "
"parser is in this content model, it expects to see only characters. In this "
"model the <literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> symbols lose "
"their special status, and will be treated as ordinary characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3288
msgid ""
"When using <literal>CDATA</literal> in examples of text marked up in "
"<acronym>XML</acronym>, remember that the content of <literal>CDATA</"
"literal> is not validated. The included text must be check with other means. "
"For example, the content could be written in another document, validated, "
"and then pasted into the <literal>CDATA</literal> section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3298
msgid "Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3301
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some text that contains\n"
"  many <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;lt;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> and <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;amp;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
"  symbols.  The sample text is a fragment of\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>.  The surrounding text (<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> and\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>) are from DocBook.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>&lt;![CDATA[<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a sample that shows some of the\n"
"  elements within <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>.  Since the angle\n"
"  brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole\n"
"  example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for\n"
"  the left and right angle brackets throughout.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a second listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a third listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the end of the example.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>]]&gt;<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3324
msgid "<literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3327
msgid ""
"When the keyword is <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, then the contents of the "
"marked section will be processed. When the keyword is <literal>IGNORE</"
"literal>, the marked section is ignored and will not be processed. It will "
"not appear in the output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3334
msgid ""
"Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked "
"Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3337
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;![INCLUDE[\n"
"  This text will be processed and included.\n"
"]]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;![IGNORE[\n"
"  This text will not be processed or included.\n"
"]]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3346
msgid ""
"By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be removed from the document "
"could be cut out, or wrapped in comments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3350
msgid ""
"It becomes more useful when controlled by <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
"parameter-entities\">parameter entities</link>, yet this usage is limited to "
"entity files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3355
msgid ""
"For example, suppose that documentation was produced in a hard-copy version "
"and an electronic version. Some extra text is desired in the electronic "
"version content that was not to appear in the hard-copy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3360
msgid ""
"Create an entity file that defines general entities to include each chapter "
"and guard these definitions with a parameter entity that can be set to "
"either <literal>INCLUDE</literal> or <literal>IGNORE</literal> to control "
"whether the entity is defined. After these conditional general entity "
"definitions, place one more definition for each general entity to set them "
"to an empty value. This technique makes use of the fact that entity "
"definitions cannot be overridden but the first definition always takes "
"effect. So the inclusion of the chapter is controlled with the corresponding "
"parameter entity. Set to <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, the first general "
"entity definition will be read and the second one will be ignored. Set to "
"<literal>IGNORE</literal>, the first definition will be ignored and the "
"second one will take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3377
msgid "Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;![%electronic.copy;[\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface\tSYSTEM \"preface.xml\"&gt;\n"
"]]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface \"\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3388
msgid ""
"When producing the hard-copy version, change the parameter entity's "
"definition to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3391
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3401
msgid "Modify <filename>entities.ent</filename> to contain the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3404
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % conditional.text \"IGNORE\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;![%conditional.text;[\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"]]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 \"\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3418
msgid ""
"Normalize <filename>example.xml</filename> and notice that the conditional "
"text is not present in the output document. Set the parameter entity guard "
"to <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and regenerate the normalized document and the "
"text will appear again. This method makes sense if there are more "
"conditional chunks depending on the same condition. For example, to control "
"generating printed or online text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3433
msgid "Conclusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3435
msgid ""
"That is the conclusion of this <acronym>XML</acronym> primer. For reasons of "
"space and complexity, several things have not been covered in depth (or at "
"all). However, the previous sections cover enough <acronym>XML</acronym> to "
"introduce the organization of the <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:3476
msgid "<acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3479 book.translate.xml:4082 book.translate.xml:7348
#: book.translate.xml:8262
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3481
msgid ""
"This chapter describes usage of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> markup language "
"used for the FreeBSD web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3484
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the <acronym>XML</acronym> version of the "
"HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of choice on the World Wide "
"Web. More information can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/"
"\">http://www.w3.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3489
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is used to mark up pages on the FreeBSD web site. "
"It is usually not used to mark up other documentation, since DocBook offers "
"a far richer set of elements from which to choose. Consequently, "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> pages will normally only be encountered when "
"writing for the web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3496
msgid ""
"<acronym>HTML</acronym> has gone through a number of versions. The "
"<acronym>XML</acronym>-compliant version described here is called "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The latest widespread version is <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym> 1.0, available in both <emphasis>strict</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>transitional</emphasis> variants."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3503
msgid ""
"The <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTDs</acronym> are available from the "
"Ports Collection in <package>textproc/xhtml</package>. They are "
"automatically installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3510
msgid ""
"This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> an exhaustive list of elements, since that "
"would just repeat the documentation for <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The aim is "
"to list those elements most commonly used. Please post questions about "
"elements or uses not covered here to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
"mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:3518 book.translate.xml:4121
msgid "Inline Versus Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3520 book.translate.xml:4123
msgid ""
"In the remainder of this document, when describing elements, "
"<emphasis>inline</emphasis> means that the element can occur within a block "
"element, and does not cause a line break. A <emphasis>block</emphasis> "
"element, by comparison, will cause a line break (and other processing) when "
"it is encountered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3530
msgid "Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3532
msgid ""
"There are a number of <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>FPI</acronym>s, "
"depending upon the version, or <emphasis>level</emphasis> of <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym> to which a document conforms. Most <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
"documents on the FreeBSD web site comply with the transitional version of "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3539
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3543
msgid "Sectional Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3545
msgid ""
"An <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document is normally split into two sections. "
"The first section, called the <emphasis>head</emphasis>, contains meta-"
"information about the document, such as its title, the name of the author, "
"the parent document, and so on. The second section, the <emphasis>body</"
"emphasis>, contains content that will be displayed to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3553
msgid ""
"These sections are indicated with <tag>head</tag> and <tag>body</tag> "
"elements respectively. These elements are contained within the top-level "
"<tag>html</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3559
msgid "Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"\t  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>The Document's Title</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    …\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3577 book.translate.xml:4721
msgid "Block Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3580
msgid "Headings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3582
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has tags to denote headings in the document at up "
"to six different levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3585
msgid ""
"The largest and most prominent heading is <tag>h1</tag>, then <tag>h2</tag>, "
"continuing down to <tag>h6</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3589
msgid "The element's content is the text of the heading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3592
msgid "<tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, and Other Header Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3595 book.translate.xml:3630 book.translate.xml:3646
#: book.translate.xml:3691 book.translate.xml:3723 book.translate.xml:3800
#: book.translate.xml:3828 book.translate.xml:3850 book.translate.xml:3872
#: book.translate.xml:3928 book.translate.xml:3945 book.translate.xml:3975
#: book.translate.xml:4000 book.translate.xml:4740 book.translate.xml:4766
#: book.translate.xml:4847 book.translate.xml:4881 book.translate.xml:4928
#: book.translate.xml:4988 book.translate.xml:5049 book.translate.xml:5145
#: book.translate.xml:5281 book.translate.xml:5443 book.translate.xml:5502
#: book.translate.xml:5529 book.translate.xml:5559 book.translate.xml:5598
#: book.translate.xml:5706 book.translate.xml:5763 book.translate.xml:5814
#: book.translate.xml:5933 book.translate.xml:6001 book.translate.xml:6030
#: book.translate.xml:6051 book.translate.xml:6093 book.translate.xml:6148
#: book.translate.xml:6181 book.translate.xml:6198 book.translate.xml:6232
#: book.translate.xml:6256 book.translate.xml:6736 book.translate.xml:6752
msgid "Usage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h1</tag>First section<tag class=\"endtag\">h1</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Document introduction goes here --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the first section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Content for the first section goes here --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h3</tag>This is the heading for the first sub-section<tag class=\"endtag\">h3</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the second section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Content for the second section goes here --&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3614
msgid ""
"Generally, an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> page should have one first level "
"heading (<tag>h1</tag>). This can contain many second level headings "
"(<tag>h2</tag>), which can in turn contain many third level headings. Do not "
"leave gaps in the numbering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3622 book.translate.xml:4724
msgid "Paragraphs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3624
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> supports a single paragraph element, <tag>p</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3628
msgid "<tag>p</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3632
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph.  It can contain just about any\n"
"  other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3638 book.translate.xml:4753
msgid "Block Quotations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3640
msgid ""
"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that will "
"appear in a separate paragraph."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3644 book.translate.xml:4764
msgid "<tag>blockquote</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form\n"
"  a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic\n"
"  Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general\n"
"  Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our\n"
"  Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the\n"
"  United States of America.<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3660
msgid "Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3662
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> can present the user with three types of lists: "
"ordered, unordered, and definition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3665
msgid ""
"Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries in an unordered "
"list will be preceded by bullet points. Definition lists have two sections "
"for each entry. The first section is the term being defined, and the second "
"section is the definition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3671
msgid ""
"Ordered lists are indicated by the <tag>ol</tag> element, unordered lists by "
"the <tag>ul</tag> element, and definition lists by the <tag>dl</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3676
msgid ""
"Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated by the <tag>li</"
"tag> element. A listitem can contain textual content, or it may be further "
"wrapped in one or more <tag>p</tag> elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3681
msgid ""
"Definition lists contain definition terms (<tag>dt</tag>) and definition "
"descriptions (<tag>dd</tag>). A definition term can only contain inline "
"elements. A definition description can contain other block elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3688
msgid "<tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3693
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An unordered list.  Listitems will probably be\n"
"  preceded by bullets.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>First item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Second item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Third item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple\n"
"  paragraphs.  Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be\n"
"  numbered.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">ol</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first item.  It only has one paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the second paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first and only paragraph of the third\n"
"    item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">ol</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3721
msgid "Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3725
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">dl</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 1<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 2 of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 2<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 2.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 3<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 3.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">dl</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3744
msgid "Pre-formatted Text"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3746
msgid ""
"Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is in the file. Text "
"is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces and line breaks are shown exactly "
"as they are in the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3751
msgid "Wrap pre-formatted text in the <tag>pre</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3755
msgid "<tag>pre</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3757
msgid ""
"For example, the <tag>pre</tag> tags could be used to mark up an email "
"message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">pre</tag>  From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
"  To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
"  Subject: New documentation available\n"
"\n"
"  There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD\n"
"  Documentation Project available at\n"
"\n"
"    &amp;lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&amp;gt;\n"
"\n"
"  Comments appreciated.\n"
"\n"
"  N<tag class=\"endtag\">pre</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3773
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that <literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> still "
"are recognized as special characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the "
"example shown had to use <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> instead of <literal>&lt;"
"</literal>. For consistency, <literal>&amp;gt;</literal> was used in place "
"of <literal>&gt;</literal>, too. Watch out for the special characters that "
"may appear in text copied from a plain-text source, like an email message or "
"program code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3786 book.translate.xml:5254
msgid "Tables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3788
msgid ""
"Mark up tabular information using the <tag>table</tag> element. A table "
"consists of one or more table rows (<tag>tr</tag>), each containing one or "
"more cells of table data (<tag>td</tag>). Each cell can contain other block "
"elements, such as paragraphs or lists. It can also contain another table "
"(this nesting can repeat indefinitely). If the cell only contains one "
"paragraph then the <tag>p</tag>element is not needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3798
msgid "Simple Use of <tag>table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3819
msgid ""
"A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the <tag class="
"\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> or <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag> "
"attributes with values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3825
msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3830
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to\n"
"  it on the right.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Long and thin<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3847
msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3852
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below it.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\"</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3868
msgid ""
"Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> and <tag class=\"attribute"
"\">colspan</tag> Together"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of\n"
"  cells merged into one.  The other cells are normal.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\" rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Top left large cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    &lt;!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into\n"
"         this row, the first &lt;td&gt; will occur on its\n"
"         right --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Middle right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom middle cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3905 book.translate.xml:5481
msgid "In-line Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3908 book.translate.xml:5484
msgid "Emphasizing Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3910
msgid ""
"Two levels of emphasis are available in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, <tag>em</"
"tag> and <tag>strong</tag>. <tag>em</tag> is for a normal level of emphasis "
"and <tag>strong</tag> indicates stronger emphasis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3916
msgid ""
"<tag>em</tag> is typically rendered in italic and <tag>strong</tag> is "
"rendered in bold. This is not always the case, and should not be relied "
"upon. According to best practices, web pages only hold structural and "
"semantical information, and stylesheets are later applied to them. Think of "
"semantics, not formatting, when using these tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3925
msgid "<tag>em</tag> and <tag>strong</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>This<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> has been emphasized, while\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">strong</tag>this<tag class=\"endtag\">strong</tag> has been strongly emphasized.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3936
msgid "Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3938
msgid ""
"Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch (typewriter) typeface is "
"tagged with <tag>tt</tag> (for <quote>teletype</quote>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3943
msgid "<tag>tt</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>/etc<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3953 book.translate.xml:6574
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3956
msgid "Links are also inline elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3960 book.translate.xml:6669
msgid "Linking to Other Documents on the Web"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3962
msgid ""
"A link points to the <acronym>URL</acronym> of a document on the web. The "
"link is indicated with <tag>a</tag>, and the <tag class=\"attribute\">href</"
"tag> attribute contains the <acronym>URL</acronym> of the target document. "
"The content of the element becomes the link, indicated to the user by "
"showing it in a different color or with an underline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3972
msgid "Using <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"...\"</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information is available at the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"http://www.&amp;os;.org/\"</tag>&amp;os; web site<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3981
msgid "This link always takes the user to the top of the linked document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3986
msgid "Linking to Specific Parts of Documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3988
msgid ""
"To link to a specific point within a document, that document must include an "
"<emphasis>anchor</emphasis> at the desired point. Anchors are included by "
"setting the <tag class=\"attribute\">id</tag> attribute of an element to a "
"name. This example creates an anchor by setting the <tag class=\"attribute"
"\">id</tag> attribute of a <tag class=\"element\">p</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3998
msgid "Creating an Anchor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p id=\"samplepara\"</tag>This paragraph can be referenced\n"
"  in other links with the name <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>samplepara<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:4006
msgid ""
"Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include a <literal>#</"
"literal> symbol and the anchor's <acronym>ID</acronym> at the end of the "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4012
msgid "Linking to a Named Part of a Different Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4015
msgid ""
"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example is part of a document called "
"<filename>foo.html</filename>. A link to that specific paragraph in the "
"document is constructed in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4020
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"foo.html#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>foo.html<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:4025
msgid ""
"To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit the document's "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>, and just use the <literal>#</literal> symbol "
"followed by the name of the anchor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4031
msgid "Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4033
msgid ""
"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example resides in this document. To link "
"to it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4036
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of this\n"
"  document.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:4079
msgid "DocBook Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4084
msgid ""
"This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for FreeBSD "
"documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup system, but the subset "
"described here covers the parts that are most widely used for FreeBSD "
"documentation. While a moderate subset is covered, it is impossible to "
"anticipate every situation. Please post questions that this document does "
"not answer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:4095
msgid ""
"A short history can be found under <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open."
"org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41\">http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro."
"shtml#d0e41</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4092
msgid ""
"DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly &amp; "
"Associates to be a Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>) for "
"writing technical documentation <_:footnote-1/>. Since 1998 it is maintained "
"by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home.php?"
"wg_abbrev=docbook\"> DocBook Technical Committee</link>. As such, and unlike "
"LinuxDoc and <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, DocBook is very heavily oriented "
"towards markup that describes <emphasis>what</emphasis> something is, rather "
"than describing <emphasis>how</emphasis> it should be presented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4103
msgid ""
"The DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is available from the Ports Collection in "
"the <package>textproc/docbook-xml</package> port. It is automatically "
"installed as part of the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:4111
msgid "Formal Versus Informal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4113
msgid ""
"Some elements may exist in two forms, <emphasis>formal</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>informal</emphasis>. Typically, the formal version of the element "
"will consist of a title followed by the informal version of the element. The "
"informal version will not have a title."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4133
msgid "FreeBSD Extensions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4135
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Documentation Project has extended the DocBook <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> with additional elements and entities. These additions serve to "
"make some of the markup easier or more precise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4140
msgid ""
"Throughout the rest of this document, the term <quote>DocBook</quote> is "
"used to mean the FreeBSD-extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4145
msgid ""
"Most of these extensions are not unique to FreeBSD, it was just felt that "
"they were useful enhancements for this particular project. Should anyone "
"from any of the other *nix camps (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, …) be interested "
"in collaborating on a standard DocBook extension set, please contact "
"Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4154
msgid "FreeBSD Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4156
msgid ""
"The additional FreeBSD elements are not (currently) in the Ports Collection. "
"They are stored in the FreeBSD Subversion tree, as <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd\">head/share/xml/freebsd."
"dtd</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4160
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-specific elements used in the examples below are clearly marked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4165
msgid "FreeBSD Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4167
msgid ""
"This table shows some of the most useful entities available in the "
"<acronym>FDP</acronym>. For a complete list, see the <filename>*.ent</"
"filename> files in <filename>doc/share/xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4187
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Name Entities</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4192
msgid "<literal>&amp;os;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4193
msgid "<literal>FreeBSD</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4198
msgid "<literal>&amp;os.stable;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4199
msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-STABLE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4204
msgid "<literal>&amp;os.current;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4205
msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-CURRENT</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4216
msgid "Manual Page Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4221
msgid "<literal>&amp;man.ls.1;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4222
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4223
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>&amp;man.ls.1; is the manual page for &lt;command&gt;ls&lt;/"
"command&gt;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4229
msgid "<literal>&amp;man.cp.1;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4230 book.translate.xml:8941
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4231
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>The manual page for &lt;command&gt;cp&lt;/command&gt; is "
"&amp;man.cp.1;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4237
msgid ""
"<literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4238
msgid ""
"<emphasis>link to <replaceable>command</replaceable> manual page in section "
"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4242
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/cgi/"
"man.cgi\">FreeBSD manual pages</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4254
msgid "FreeBSD Mailing List Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4259
msgid "<literal>&amp;a.doc;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4260
msgid ""
"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link></literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4261
msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &amp;a.doc;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4266
msgid "<literal>&amp;a.questions;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4267
msgid ""
"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link></literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4268
msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &amp;a.questions;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4273
msgid "<literal>&amp;a.<replaceable>listname</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4274
msgid "<emphasis>link to <replaceable>listname</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4276
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/eresources.html#eresources-mail\">FreeBSD "
"mailing lists</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4287
msgid "FreeBSD Document Link Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4292
msgid "<literal>&amp;url.books.handbook;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4293
msgid "<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4294
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/"
"advanced-networking.html\"&gt;Advanced Networking&lt;/link&gt; chapter of "
"the Handbook.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4301
msgid "<literal>&amp;url.books.<replaceable>bookname</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4302
msgid ""
"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>bookname</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4304
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/\">FreeBSD books</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4309
msgid "<literal>&amp;url.articles.committers-guide;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4310
msgid ""
"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4311
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles."
"committers-guide;\"&gt;Committer's Guide&lt;/link&gt; article.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4318
msgid ""
"<literal>&amp;url.articles.<replaceable>articlename</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4319
msgid ""
"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>articlename</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4321
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/\">FreeBSD articles</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4332
msgid "Other Operating System Name Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4337
msgid "<literal>&amp;linux;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4338
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4339
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4343 book.translate.xml:9575
msgid "<literal>&amp;unix;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4344 book.translate.xml:9574
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4345
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4349
msgid "<literal>&amp;windows;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4350
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4351
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4361
msgid "Miscellaneous Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4366
msgid "<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4368
msgid "The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4373
msgid "<literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4375
msgid "A prompt for an unprivileged user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4379
msgid "<literal>&amp;postscript;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4380
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4381
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> programming "
"language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4386
msgid "<literal>&amp;tex;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4387
msgid "<application>TeX</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4388
msgid "The <application>TeX</application> typesetting language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4393
msgid "<literal>&amp;xorg;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4394
msgid "Xorg"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4395
msgid "The Xorg open source X Window System."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4405
msgid "Formal Public Identifier (FPI)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4407
msgid ""
"In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing <acronym>FPI</"
"acronym>s for DocBook customizations, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> for the "
"FreeBSD extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4412
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4416
msgid "Document Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4418
msgid ""
"DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways. The FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook document: the book "
"and the article."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4422
msgid ""
"Books are organized into <tag>chapter</tag>s. This is a mandatory "
"requirement. There may be <tag>part</tag>s between the book and the chapter "
"to provide another layer of organization. For example, the Handbook is "
"arranged in this way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4428
msgid ""
"A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections. These are indicated "
"with the <tag>sect1</tag> element. If a section contains another section "
"then use the <tag>sect2</tag> element, and so on, up to <tag>sect5</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4434
msgid "Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4437
msgid ""
"An article is simpler than a book, and does not use chapters. Instead, the "
"content of an article is organized into one or more sections, using the same "
"<tag>sect1</tag> (and <tag>sect2</tag> and so on) elements that are used in "
"books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4443
msgid ""
"The nature of the document being written should be used to determine whether "
"it is best marked up as a book or an article. Articles are well suited to "
"information that does not need to be broken down into several chapters, and "
"that is, relatively speaking, quite short, at up to 20-25 pages of content. "
"Books are best suited to information that can be broken up into several "
"chapters, possibly with appendices and similar content as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4452
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docs.html\">FreeBSD tutorials</"
"link> are all marked up as articles, while this document, the <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/index.html\">FAQ</"
"link>, and the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"books/handbook/index.html\">Handbook</link> are all marked up as books, for "
"example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4459
msgid "Starting a Book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4461
msgid ""
"The content of a book is contained within the <tag>book</tag> element. As "
"well as containing structural markup, this element can contain elements that "
"include additional information about the book. This is either meta-"
"information, used for reference purposes, or additional content used to "
"produce a title page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4468 book.translate.xml:4523
msgid "This additional information is contained within <tag>info</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4472
msgid "Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">book</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"          <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class=\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  …\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4514
msgid "Starting an Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4516
msgid ""
"The content of the article is contained within the <tag>article</tag> "
"element. As well as containing structural markup, this element can contain "
"elements that include additional information about the article. This is "
"either meta-information, used for reference purposes, or additional content "
"used to produce a title page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4527
msgid "Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">article</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"\t  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class=\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  …\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4569
msgid "Indicating Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4571
msgid ""
"Use <tag>chapter</tag> to mark up your chapters. Each chapter has a "
"mandatory <tag>title</tag>. Articles do not contain chapters, they are "
"reserved for books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4577
msgid "A Simple Chapter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>The Chapter's Title<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  ...\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4586
msgid ""
"A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in addition to "
"<tag>title</tag>. If you need to include an empty chapter then just use an "
"empty paragraph."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4592
msgid "Empty Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>This is An Empty Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4603
msgid "Sections Below Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4605
msgid ""
"In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up into sections, "
"subsections, and so on. In articles, sections are the main structural "
"element, and each article must contain at least one section. Use the "
"<tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> element. The <replaceable>n</"
"replaceable> indicates the section number, which identifies the section "
"level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4613
msgid ""
"The first <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> is <tag>sect1</tag>. "
"You can have one or more of these in a chapter. They can contain one or more "
"<tag>sect2</tag> elements, and so on, down to <tag>sect5</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4621
msgid "Sections in Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4623
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>A Sample Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Some text in the chapter.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    …\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">sect3</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"\t…\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">sect3</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Sub-Section (1.2.2)<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      …\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4657
msgid ""
"Section numbers are automatically generated and prepended to titles when the "
"document is rendered to an output format. The generated section numbers and "
"titles from the example above will be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4664
msgid "1.1. First Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4668
msgid "1.2. Second Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4672
msgid "1.2.1. First Sub-Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4676
msgid "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4680
msgid "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4687
msgid "Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag> Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4690
msgid ""
"<tag>part</tag>s introduce another level of organization between <tag>book</"
"tag> and <tag>chapter</tag> with one or more <tag>part</tag>s. This cannot "
"be done in an <tag>article</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4696
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">part</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Overview<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>What is FreeBSD?<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>History<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">part</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4726
msgid ""
"DocBook supports three types of paragraphs: <tag>formalpara</tag>, "
"<tag>para</tag>, and <tag>simpara</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4730
msgid ""
"Almost all paragraphs in FreeBSD documentation use <tag>para</tag>. "
"<tag>formalpara</tag> includes a <tag>title</tag> element, and <tag>simpara</"
"tag> disallows some elements from within <tag>para</tag>. Stick with "
"<tag>para</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4738
msgid "<tag>para</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4742
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a paragraph.  It can contain just about any\n"
"  other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4745 book.translate.xml:4783 book.translate.xml:4860
#: book.translate.xml:4891 book.translate.xml:4950 book.translate.xml:5012
#: book.translate.xml:5087 book.translate.xml:5163 book.translate.xml:5222
#: book.translate.xml:5306 book.translate.xml:5347 book.translate.xml:5456
#: book.translate.xml:5508 book.translate.xml:5537 book.translate.xml:5565
#: book.translate.xml:5613 book.translate.xml:5725 book.translate.xml:5775
#: book.translate.xml:5822 book.translate.xml:5959 book.translate.xml:6007
#: book.translate.xml:6036 book.translate.xml:6057 book.translate.xml:6109
#: book.translate.xml:6155 book.translate.xml:6185 book.translate.xml:6208
#: book.translate.xml:6238 book.translate.xml:6260 book.translate.xml:6712
#: book.translate.xml:6726 book.translate.xml:6741 book.translate.xml:6759
msgid "Appearance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4747
msgid "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4755
msgid ""
"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that should "
"not appear within the current paragraph. These are rarely needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4759
msgid ""
"Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an attribution (or they can "
"be left untitled and unattributed)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4768
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preamble to the Constitution of the United States<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">attribution</tag>Copied from a web site somewhere<tag class=\"endtag\">attribution</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more\n"
"    perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,\n"
"    provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and\n"
"    secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do\n"
"    ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of\n"
"    America.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4785
msgid "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/title
#: book.translate.xml:4788
msgid "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/attribution
#: book.translate.xml:4791
msgid "Copied from a web site somewhere"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:4794
msgid ""
"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, "
"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common "
"defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to "
"ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for "
"the United States of America."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4806
msgid "Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4809
msgid ""
"Extra information may need to be separated from the main body of the text. "
"Typically this is <quote>meta</quote> information of which the user should "
"be aware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4814
msgid ""
"Several types of admonitions are available: <tag>tip</tag>, <tag>note</tag>, "
"<tag>warning</tag>, <tag>caution</tag>, and <tag>important</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4819
msgid ""
"Which admonition to choose depends on the situation. The DocBook "
"documentation suggests:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4825
msgid "Note is for information that should be heeded by all readers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4830
msgid "Important is a variation on Note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4834
msgid ""
"Caution is for information regarding possible data loss or software damage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4839
msgid ""
"Warning is for information regarding possible hardware damage or injury to "
"life or limb."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4845
msgid "<tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4849
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">tip</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; may reduce stress.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">tip</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">important</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Please use admonitions sparingly.  Too many admonitions\n"
"    are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the\n"
"    intended effect.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">important</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4863
msgid "FreeBSD may reduce stress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:4867
msgid ""
"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring "
"and can have the opposite of the intended effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4876
msgid "Examples can be shown with <tag>example</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4879
msgid "<tag>example</tag> Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4883
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">example</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Empty files can be created easily:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>touch file1 file2 file3<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">example</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4894
msgid "Rendered <tag>example</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4896
msgid "Empty files can be created easily:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:4898
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>touch file1 file2 file3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4903
msgid "Lists and Procedures"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4905
msgid ""
"Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a number of steps "
"that must be carried out in order to accomplish a particular goal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4909
msgid ""
"To do this, use <tag>itemizedlist</tag>, <tag>orderedlist</tag>, "
"<tag>variablelist</tag>, or <tag>procedure</tag>. There are other types of "
"list elements in DocBook, but we will not cover them here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4914
msgid ""
"<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> are similar to their "
"counterparts in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, <tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag>. "
"Each one consists of one or more <tag>listitem</tag> elements, and each "
"<tag>listitem</tag> contains one or more block elements. The <tag>listitem</"
"tag> elements are analogous to <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>li</tag> tags. "
"However, unlike HTML, they are required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4925
msgid "<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first itemized item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second itemized item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">orderedlist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first ordered item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second ordered item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">orderedlist</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4954
msgid "This is the first itemized item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4958
msgid "This is the second itemized item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4964
msgid "This is the first ordered item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4968
msgid "This is the second ordered item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#docbook-markup-varlist
#: book.translate.xml:4973
msgid ""
"An alternate and often useful way of presenting information is the "
"<tag>variablelist</tag>. These are lists where each entry has a term and a "
"description. They are well suited for many types of descriptions, and "
"present information in a form that is often easier for the reader than "
"sections and subsections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4981
msgid ""
"A <tag>variablelist</tag> has a <tag>title</tag>, and then pairs of "
"<tag>term</tag> and <tag>listitem</tag> entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4986
msgid "<tag>variablelist</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">variablelist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Parallel<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive\n"
"\tat the same time over multiple communications\n"
"\tchannels.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Serial<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In serial communications, bits arrive one at a\n"
"\ttime over a single communications\n"
"\tchannel.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">variablelist</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5016
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5019
msgid ""
"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over "
"multiple communications channels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5026
msgid "Serial"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5029
msgid ""
"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single "
"communications channel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5036
msgid ""
"A <tag>procedure</tag> shows a series of <tag>step</tag>s, which may in turn "
"consist of more <tag>step</tag>s or <tag>substep</tag>s. Each <tag>step</"
"tag> contains block elements and may include an optional title."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5041
msgid ""
"Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice: do "
"<emphasis>this</emphasis> or do <emphasis>that</emphasis>, but not both. For "
"these alternative choices, use <tag>stepalternatives</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5047
msgid "<tag>procedure</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5051
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">procedure</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Then do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">substeps</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this smaller thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this other smaller thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">substeps</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Finally, do one of these:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go left.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go right.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">procedure</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5091
msgid "Do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5095
msgid "Then do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5101
msgid "And now do this small thing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5105
msgid "And this other small thing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5111
msgid "Finally, do one of these:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5115
msgid "Go left."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5119
msgid "Go right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5128
msgid "Showing File Samples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5130
msgid ""
"Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown by wrapping them "
"in the <tag>programlisting</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5134
msgid ""
"White space and line breaks within <tag>programlisting</tag> <emphasis>are</"
"emphasis> significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag should "
"appear on the same line as the first line of the output, and the closing tag "
"should appear on the same line as the last line of the output, otherwise "
"spurious blank lines may be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5143
msgid "<tag>programlisting</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5147
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
"  this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;\n"
"\n"
"int\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
"    return 0;\n"
"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5159
msgid ""
"Notice how the angle brackets in the <literal>#include</literal> line need "
"to be referenced by their entities instead of being included literally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5165 book.translate.xml:5224
msgid "When finished, the program will look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5167
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"int\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
"    return 0;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5179
msgid "Callouts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5181
msgid ""
"A callout is a visual marker for referring to a piece of text or specific "
"position within an example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5185
msgid ""
"Callouts are marked with the <tag>co</tag> element. Each element must have a "
"unique <literal>id</literal> assigned to it. After the example, include a "
"<tag>calloutlist</tag> that describes each callout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5192
msgid "<tag>co</tag> and <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
"  this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"int <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">calloutlist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Includes the standard IO header file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Specifies that <tag class=\"starttag\">function</tag>main()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> returns an\n"
"      int.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">function</tag>printf()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> call that writes\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>hello, world<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> to standard output.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">calloutlist</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; <co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"/>\n"
"\n"
"int <co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"/>\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:5236
msgid "Includes the standard IO header file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:5240
msgid "Specifies that <function>main()</function> returns an int."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:5245
msgid ""
"The <function>printf()</function> call that writes <literal>hello, world</"
"literal> to standard output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5256
msgid ""
"Unlike <acronym>HTML</acronym>, DocBook does not need tables for layout "
"purposes, as the stylesheet handles those issues. Instead, just use tables "
"for marking up tabular data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5261
msgid ""
"In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for more detail) a table "
"(which can be either formal or informal) consists of a <tag>table</tag> "
"element. This contains at least one <tag>tgroup</tag> element, which "
"specifies (as an attribute) the number of columns in this table group. "
"Within the tablegroup there is one <tag>thead</tag> element, which contains "
"elements for the table headings (column headings), and one <tag>tbody</tag> "
"which contains the body of the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5272
msgid ""
"Both <tag>tgroup</tag> and <tag>thead</tag> contain <tag>row</tag> elements, "
"which in turn contain <tag>entry</tag> elements. Each <tag>entry</tag> "
"element specifies one cell in the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5279
msgid "<tag>informaltable</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">informaltable pgwide=\"1\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tgroup cols=\"2\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">thead</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">thead</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">tbody</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">tbody</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tgroup</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">informaltable</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5312 book.translate.xml:5353
msgid "This is Column Head 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5313 book.translate.xml:5354
msgid "This is Column Head 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5319 book.translate.xml:5360
msgid "Row 1, column 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5320 book.translate.xml:5361
msgid "Row 1, column 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5324 book.translate.xml:5365
msgid "Row 2, column 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5325 book.translate.xml:5366
msgid "Row 2, column 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5332
msgid ""
"Always use the <literal>pgwide</literal> attribute with a value of "
"<literal>1</literal> with the <tag>informaltable</tag> element. A bug in "
"Internet Explorer can cause the table to render incorrectly if this is "
"omitted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5338
msgid ""
"Table borders can be suppressed by setting the <literal>frame</literal> "
"attribute to <literal>none</literal> in the <tag>informaltable</tag> "
"element. For example, <literal>informaltable frame=\"none\"</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5344
msgid "Table with <literal>frame=\"none\"</literal> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5375
msgid "Examples for the User to Follow"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5377
msgid ""
"Examples for the user to follow are often necessary. Typically, these will "
"consist of dialogs with the computer; the user types in a command, the user "
"gets a response back, the user types another command, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5382
msgid "A number of distinct elements and entities come into play here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5387
msgid "<tag>screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5390
msgid ""
"Everything the user sees in this example will be on the computer screen, so "
"the next element is <tag>screen</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5394
msgid "Within <tag>screen</tag>, white space is significant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5400
msgid ""
"<tag>prompt</tag>, <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;"
"prompt.user;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5405
msgid ""
"Some of the things the user will be seeing on the screen are prompts from "
"the computer (either from the operating system, command shell, or "
"application). These should be marked up using <tag>prompt</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5411
msgid ""
"As a special case, the two shell prompts for the normal user and the root "
"user have been provided as entities. To indicate the user is at a shell "
"prompt, use one of <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;"
"prompt.user;</literal> as necessary. They do not need to be inside "
"<tag>prompt</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5420
msgid ""
"<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</"
"literal> are FreeBSD extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the original "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5429
msgid "<tag>userinput</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5432
msgid ""
"When displaying text that the user should type in, wrap it in "
"<tag>userinput</tag> tags. It will be displayed differently than system "
"output text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5440
msgid "<tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>, and <tag>userinput</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"foo1\n"
"foo2\n"
"foo3\n"
"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1 | grep foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"foo2\n"
"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>su<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>Password: <tag class=\"endtag\">prompt</tag>\n"
"&amp;prompt.root; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>cat foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"This is the file called 'foo2'<tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5458
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1</userinput>\n"
"foo1\n"
"foo2\n"
"foo3\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1 | grep foo2</userinput>\n"
"foo2\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password: </prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat foo2</userinput>\n"
"This is the file called 'foo2'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5471
msgid ""
"Even though we are displaying the contents of the file <filename>foo2</"
"filename>, it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked up as <tag>programlisting</"
"tag>. Reserve <tag>programlisting</tag> for showing fragments of files "
"outside the context of user actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5486
msgid ""
"To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use <tag>emphasis</tag>. This may "
"be presented as italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a text-"
"to-speech system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5491
msgid ""
"There is no way to change the presentation of the emphasis within the "
"document, no equivalent of <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>b</tag> and "
"<tag>i</tag>. If the information being presented is important, then consider "
"presenting it in <tag>important</tag> rather than <tag>emphasis</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5500
msgid "<tag>emphasis</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5504
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; is without doubt <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>the<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag>\n"
"  premiere &amp;unix;-like operating system for the Intel\n"
"  architecture.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5510
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis> premiere <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system for the Intel "
"architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5517 book.translate.xml:9271
msgid "Acronyms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5519
msgid ""
"Many computer terms are <emphasis>acronyms</emphasis>, words formed from the "
"first letter of each word in a phrase. Acronyms are marked up into "
"<tag>acronym</tag> elements. It is helpful to the reader when an acronym is "
"defined on the first use, as shown in the example below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5527
msgid "<tag>acronym</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5531
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) 1149\n"
"  defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of\n"
"  Internet Protocol (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) data.  The\n"
"  quantity of <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> data currently\n"
"  transmitted in that manner is unknown.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5539
msgid ""
"Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149 defined the use of avian "
"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) data. "
"The quantity of <acronym>IP</acronym> data currently transmitted in that "
"manner is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5548
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5550
msgid ""
"To quote text from another document or source, or to denote a phrase that is "
"used figuratively, use <tag>quote</tag>. Most of the markup tags available "
"for normal text are also available from within a <tag>quote</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5557
msgid "<tag>quote</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">quote</tag>boundary between local and public administration<tag class=\"endtag\">quote</tag>,\n"
"  as <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> 1535 calls it.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5567
msgid ""
"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the <quote>boundary "
"between local and public administration</quote>, as <acronym>RFC</acronym> "
"1535 calls it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5575
msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5577
msgid ""
"To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use <tag>keycap</tag>. To refer "
"to a mouse button, use <tag>mousebutton</tag>. And to refer to combinations "
"of key presses or mouse clicks, wrap them all in <tag>keycombo</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5583
msgid ""
"<tag>keycombo</tag> has an attribute called <literal>action</literal>, which "
"may be one of <literal>click</literal>, <literal>double-click</literal>, "
"<literal>other</literal>, <literal>press</literal>, <literal>seq</literal>, "
"or <literal>simul</literal>. The last two values denote whether the keys or "
"buttons should be pressed in sequence, or simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5591
msgid ""
"The stylesheets automatically add any connecting symbols, such as <literal>"
"+</literal>, between the key names, when wrapped in <tag>keycombo</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5596
msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5600
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>F1<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To exit <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>vi<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag> without saving changes, type\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"seq\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Esc<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>:<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>q<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>!<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>My window manager is configured so that\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">mousebutton</tag>right<tag class=\"endtag\">mousebutton</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag> mouse button is used to move windows.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5615
msgid ""
"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press <keycombo action=\"simul"
"\"><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5619
msgid ""
"To exit <command>vi</command> without saving changes, type <keycombo action="
"\"seq\"> <keycap>Esc</keycap> <keycap>:</keycap> <keycap>q</keycap> <keycap>!"
"</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5626
msgid ""
"My window manager is configured so that <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <mousebutton>right</mousebutton></keycombo> mouse "
"button is used to move windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5635
msgid "Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5637
msgid ""
"Both applications and commands are frequently referred to when writing "
"documentation. The distinction between them is that an application is the "
"name of a program or suite of programs that fulfill a particular task. A "
"command is the filename of a program that the user can type and run at a "
"command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5644
msgid ""
"It is often necessary to show some of the options that a command might take."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5647
msgid ""
"Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its manual section "
"number, in the <quote>command(number)</quote> format so common in Unix "
"manuals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5651
msgid "Mark up application names with <tag>application</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5654
msgid ""
"To list a command with its manual section number (which should be most of "
"the time) the DocBook element is <tag>citerefentry</tag>. This will contain "
"a further two elements, <tag>refentrytitle</tag> and <tag>manvolnum</tag>. "
"The content of <tag>refentrytitle</tag> is the name of the command, and the "
"content of <tag>manvolnum</tag> is the manual page section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5664
msgid ""
"This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of <link linkend=\"xml-"
"primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> have been created to make "
"this easier. Each entity takes the form <literal>&amp;man."
"<replaceable>manual-page</replaceable>.<replaceable>manual-section</"
"replaceable>;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5670
msgid ""
"The file that contains these entities is in <filename>doc/share/xml/man-refs."
"ent</filename>, and can be referred to using this <acronym>FPI</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5674
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5676
msgid ""
"Therefore, the introduction to FreeBSD documentation will usually include "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5679
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN\" [\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % man PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\"&gt;\n"
"%man;\n"
"\n"
"…\n"
"\n"
"]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5688
msgid ""
"Use <tag>command</tag> to include a command name <quote>in-line</quote> but "
"present it as something the user should type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5692
msgid ""
"Use <tag>option</tag> to mark up the options which will be passed to a "
"command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5695
msgid ""
"When referring to the same command multiple times in close proximity, it is "
"preferred to use the <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation to markup the first "
"reference and use <tag>command</tag> to markup subsequent references. This "
"makes the generated output, especially <acronym>HTML</acronym>, appear "
"visually better."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5704
msgid "Applications, Commands, and Options Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> is the most\n"
"  widely used Unix mail application.<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> includes the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, &amp;man.mailq.1;, and &amp;man.newaliases.1;\n"
"  programs.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>One of the command line parameters to <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, <tag class=\"starttag\">option</tag>-bp<tag class=\"endtag\">option</tag>, will display the current\n"
"  status of messages in the mail queue.  Check this on the command\n"
"  line by running <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>sendmail -bp<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5727
msgid ""
"<application>Sendmail</application> is the most widely used Unix mail "
"application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5730
msgid ""
"<application>Sendmail</application> includes the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailq</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newaliases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5737
msgid ""
"One of the command line parameters to <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <option>-bp</option>, will display the current status of "
"messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command line by running "
"<command>sendmail -bp</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5748
msgid ""
"Notice how the <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation is easier to follow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5755
msgid "Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5757
msgid ""
"To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file extension, or a device "
"name, use <tag>filename</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5761
msgid "<tag>filename</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The source for the Handbook in English is found in\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
"  The main file is called <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>book.xml<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
"  There is also a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> and a\n"
"  number of files with a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.ent<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> extension.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>kbd0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> is the first keyboard detected\n"
"  by the system, and appears in\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/dev<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5777
msgid ""
"The source for the Handbook in English is found in <filename>/usr/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>. The main file is called <filename>book."
"xml</filename>. There is also a <filename>Makefile</filename> and a number "
"of files with a <filename>.ent</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5783
msgid ""
"<filename>kbd0</filename> is the first keyboard detected by the system, and "
"appears in <filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5790
msgid "The Name of Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:5793 book.translate.xml:5837 book.translate.xml:6069
msgid "FreeBSD Extension"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5795 book.translate.xml:5839 book.translate.xml:6071
msgid ""
"These elements are part of the FreeBSD extension to DocBook, and do not "
"exist in the original DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5800
msgid ""
"To include the name of a program from the FreeBSD Ports Collection in the "
"document, use the <tag>package</tag> tag. Since the Ports Collection can be "
"installed in any number of locations, only include the category and the port "
"name; do not include <filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5806
msgid ""
"By default, <tag>package</tag> refers to a binary package. To refer to a "
"port that will be built from source, set the <literal>role</literal> "
"attribute to <literal>port</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5812
msgid "<tag>package</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5816
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Install the <tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> binary\n"
"  package to view network traffic.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">package role=\"port\"</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> can also be\n"
"  built and installed from the Ports Collection.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5824
msgid ""
"Install the <package>net/wireshark</package> binary package to view network "
"traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5827
msgid ""
"<package role=\"port\">net/wireshark</package> can also be built and "
"installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5833
msgid ""
"Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names, and Other System Items"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5844
msgid ""
"Information for <quote>system items</quote> is marked up with "
"<tag>systemitem</tag>. The <literal>class</literal> attribute is used to "
"identify the particular type of information shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5851
msgid "<literal>class=\"domainname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5854
msgid ""
"The text is a domain name, such as <literal>FreeBSD.org</literal> or "
"<literal>ngo.org.uk</literal>. There is no hostname component."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5862
msgid "<literal>class=\"etheraddress\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5865
msgid ""
"The text is an Ethernet <acronym>MAC</acronym> address, expressed as a "
"series of 2 digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5872
msgid "<literal>class=\"fqdomainname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5875
msgid ""
"The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with both hostname and domain "
"name parts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5881
msgid "<literal>class=\"ipaddress\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5884
msgid ""
"The text is an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, probably expressed as a dotted "
"quad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5890
msgid "<literal>class=\"netmask\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5893
msgid ""
"The text is a network mask, which might be expressed as a dotted quad, a "
"hexadecimal string, or as a <literal>/</literal> followed by a number "
"(<acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5901
msgid "<literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5904
msgid ""
"With <literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal> the marked up information is "
"the simple hostname, such as <literal>freefall</literal> or "
"<literal>wcarchive</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5912
msgid "<literal>class=\"username\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5915
msgid "The text is a username, like <literal>root</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5921
msgid "<literal>class=\"groupname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5924
msgid "The text is a groupname, like <literal>wheel</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5931
msgid "<tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred to by the\n"
"  name <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"systemname\"</tag>localhost<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>, which will have the IP\n"
"  address <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"</tag>127.0.0.1<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"domainname\"</tag>FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>\n"
"  domain contains a number of different hosts, including\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>freefall.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> and\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>bento.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When adding an <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> alias to an\n"
"  interface (using <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>ifconfig<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>)\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>always<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> use a netmask of\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>255.255.255.255<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> (which can\n"
"  also be expressed as\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>0xffffffff<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>).<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address uniquely identifies\n"
"  every network card in existence.  A typical\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address looks like\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"etheraddress\"</tag>08:00:20:87:ef:d0<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To carry out most system administration functions\n"
"  requires logging in as <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5961
msgid ""
"The local machine can always be referred to by the name "
"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, which will have the IP address "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5966
msgid ""
"The <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> domain "
"contains a number of different hosts, including <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">bento.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5972
msgid ""
"When adding an <acronym>IP</acronym> alias to an interface (using "
"<command>ifconfig</command>) <emphasis>always</emphasis> use a netmask of "
"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> (which can also "
"be expressed as <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</systemitem>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5979
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address uniquely identifies every network card in "
"existence. A typical <acronym>MAC</acronym> address looks like <systemitem "
"class=\"etheraddress\">08:00:20:87:ef:d0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5983
msgid ""
"To carry out most system administration functions requires logging in as "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5990
msgid "Uniform Resource Identifiers (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5993
msgid ""
"Occasionally it is useful to show a Uniform Resource Identifier "
"(<acronym>URI</acronym>) without making it an active hyperlink. The "
"<tag>uri</tag> element makes this possible:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5999
msgid "<tag>uri</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6003
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">uri</tag>https://www.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">uri</tag>.  It does not\n"
"  create a link.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6009
msgid ""
"This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text: <uri>https://www.FreeBSD."
"org</uri>. It does not create a link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6014
msgid "To create links, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-links\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6019
msgid "Email Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6021
msgid ""
"Email addresses are marked up as <tag>email</tag> elements. In the "
"<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, the wrapped text becomes a hyperlink "
"to the email address. Other output formats that support hyperlinks may also "
"make the email address into a link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6028
msgid "<tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6032
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>An email address that does not actually exist, like\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>, can be used as an\n"
"  example.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6038
msgid ""
"An email address that does not actually exist, like <email>notreal@example."
"com</email>, can be used as an example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6043
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD-specific extension allows setting the <literal>role</literal> "
"attribute to <literal>nolink</literal> to prevent the creation of the "
"hyperlink to the email address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6049
msgid "<tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6053
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Sometimes a link to an email address like\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">email role=\"nolink\"</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag> is not\n"
"  desired.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6059
msgid ""
"Sometimes a link to an email address like <email role=\"nolink"
"\">notreal@example.com</email> is not desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6066
msgid "Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6076
msgid ""
"Two elements exist to describe parts of <filename>Makefile</filename>s, "
"<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6080
msgid ""
"<tag>buildtarget</tag> identifies a build target exported by a "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> that can be given as a parameter to "
"<command>make</command>. <tag>varname</tag> identifies a variable that can "
"be set (in the environment, on the command line with <command>make</"
"command>, or within the <filename>Makefile</filename>) to influence the "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6090
msgid "<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>\n"
"  are <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> and\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Typically, invoking <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will\n"
"  rebuild the application, and invoking\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will remove the temporary\n"
"  files (<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.o<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> for example) created by the\n"
"  build process.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> may be controlled by a\n"
"  number of variables, including <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>CLOBBER<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>\n"
"  and <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>RECURSE<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:6112 book.translate.xml:6115
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6111
msgid ""
"Two common targets in a <filename>Makefile</filename> are <_:buildtarget-1/> "
"and <_:buildtarget-2/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6115
msgid ""
"Typically, invoking <_:buildtarget-1/> will rebuild the application, and "
"invoking <_:buildtarget-2/> will remove the temporary files (<filename>.o</"
"filename> for example) created by the build process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6121
msgid ""
"<_:buildtarget-1/> may be controlled by a number of variables, including "
"<varname>CLOBBER</varname> and <varname>RECURSE</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6128
msgid "Literal Text"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6130
msgid ""
"Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is often needed in "
"documentation. This is text that is excerpted from another file, or which "
"should be copied exactly as shown from the documentation into another file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6135
msgid ""
"Some of the time, <tag>programlisting</tag> will be sufficient to denote "
"this text. But <tag>programlisting</tag> is not always appropriate, "
"particularly when you want to include a portion of a file <quote>in-line</"
"quote> with the rest of the paragraph."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6142
msgid "On these occasions, use <tag>literal</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6146
msgid "<tag>literal</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers 10<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> line in the kernel\n"
"  configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is\n"
"  a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
"  support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6157
msgid ""
"The <literal>maxusers 10</literal> line in the kernel configuration file "
"determines the size of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many "
"simultaneous logins the system will support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6165
msgid "Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis> Fill In"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6168
msgid ""
"There will often be times when the user is shown what to do, or referred to "
"a file or command line, but cannot simply copy the example provided. "
"Instead, they must supply some information themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6173
msgid ""
"<tag>replaceable</tag> is designed for this eventuality. Use it "
"<emphasis>inside</emphasis> other elements to indicate parts of that "
"element's content that the user must replace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6179
msgid "<tag>replaceable</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6183
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>man <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>command<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6188
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6191
msgid ""
"<tag>replaceable</tag> can be used in many different elements, including "
"<tag>literal</tag>. This example also shows that <tag>replaceable</tag> "
"should only be wrapped around the content that the user <emphasis>is</"
"emphasis> meant to provide. The other content should be left alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
"  line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system\n"
"  tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
"  support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>For a desktop workstation, <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>32<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> is a good value\n"
"  for <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6210
msgid ""
"The <literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> line in the "
"kernel configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is "
"a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6216
msgid ""
"For a desktop workstation, <literal>32</literal> is a good value for "
"<replaceable>n</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6222
msgid "Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6224
msgid ""
"Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked with "
"<tag>guibutton</tag>. To make the text look more like a graphical button, "
"brackets and non-breaking spaces are added surrounding the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6230
msgid "<tag>guibutton</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Edit the file, then click\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">guibutton</tag>[&amp;nbsp;Save&amp;nbsp;]<tag class=\"endtag\">guibutton</tag> to save the\n"
"  changes.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6240
msgid ""
"Edit the file, then click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to save the "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6247
msgid "Quoting System Errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6249
msgid ""
"System errors generated by FreeBSD are marked with <tag>errorname</tag>. "
"This indicates the exact error that appears."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6254
msgid "<tag>errorname</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6258
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">errorname</tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class=\"endtag\">errorname</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6263
#, no-wrap
msgid "<errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6270
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6273
msgid ""
"Image support in the documentation is somewhat experimental. The mechanisms "
"described here are unlikely to change, but that is not guaranteed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6277
msgid ""
"To provide conversion between different image formats, the <package>graphics/"
"ImageMagick</package> port must be installed. This port is not included in "
"the <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta port, and must be installed "
"separately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6283
msgid ""
"A good example of the use of images is the <filename>doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/vm-design/</filename> document. Examine the files in that directory "
"to see how these elements are used together. Build different output formats "
"to see how the format determines what images are shown in the rendered "
"document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6292
msgid "Image Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6294
msgid ""
"The following image formats are currently supported. An image file will "
"automatically be converted to bitmap or vector image depending on the output "
"document format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6298
msgid ""
"These are the <emphasis>only</emphasis> formats in which images should be "
"committed to the documentation repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6304
msgid "<acronym>EPS</acronym> (Encapsulated Postscript)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6308
msgid ""
"Images that are primarily vector based, such as network diagrams, time "
"lines, and similar, should be in this format. These images have a <filename>."
"eps</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6316
msgid "<acronym>PNG</acronym> (Portable Network Graphic)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6320
msgid ""
"For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this format. These images have the "
"<filename>.png</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6327
msgid "<acronym>PIC</acronym> (PIC graphics language)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6330
msgid ""
"<acronym>PIC</acronym> is a language for drawing simple vector-based figures "
"used in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. These images have the <filename>.pic</"
"filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6338
msgid "<acronym>SCR</acronym> (SCReen capture)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6341
msgid ""
"This format is specific to screenshots of console output. The following "
"command generates an SCR file <filename>shot.scr</filename> from video "
"buffer of <filename>/dev/ttyv0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6346
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>vidcontrol -p</command> &lt; <filename><replaceable>/dev/ttyv0</replaceable></filename> &gt; <filename><replaceable>shot.scr</replaceable></filename></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6348
msgid ""
"This is preferable to <acronym>PNG</acronym> format for screenshots because "
"the <acronym>SCR</acronym> file contains plain text of the command lines so "
"that it can be converted to a <acronym>PNG</acronym> image or a plain text "
"depending on the output document format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6358
msgid ""
"Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation will often have a "
"mix of <acronym>EPS</acronym> and <acronym>PNG</acronym> images. The "
"<filename>Makefile</filename>s ensure that the correct format image is "
"chosen depending on the output format used. <emphasis>Do not commit the same "
"image to the repository in two different formats</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6367
msgid ""
"The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using the <acronym>SVG</"
"acronym> (Scalable Vector Graphic) format for vector images. However, the "
"current state of <acronym>SVG</acronym> capable editing tools makes this "
"impractical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6376
msgid "Image File Locations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6378
msgid ""
"Image files can be stored in one of several locations, depending on the "
"document and image:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6383
msgid ""
"In the same directory as the document itself, usually done for articles and "
"small books that keep all their files in a single directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6389
msgid ""
"In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically done when a large book "
"uses separate subdirectories to organize individual chapters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6393
msgid ""
"When images are stored in a subdirectory of the main document directory, the "
"subdirectory name must be included in their paths in the <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> and the <tag>imagedata</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6401
msgid ""
"In a subdirectory of <filename>doc/share/images</filename> named after the "
"document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored in <filename>doc/"
"share/images/books/handbook</filename>. Images that work for multiple "
"translations are stored in this upper level of the documentation file tree. "
"Generally, these are images that can be used unchanged in non-English "
"translations of the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6414
msgid "Image Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6416
msgid ""
"Images are included as part of a <tag>mediaobject</tag>. The "
"<tag>mediaobject</tag> can contain other, more specific objects. We are "
"concerned with two, the <tag>imageobject</tag> and the <tag>textobject</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6421
msgid ""
"Include one <tag>imageobject</tag>, and two <tag>textobject</tag> elements. "
"The <tag>imageobject</tag> will point to the name of the image file without "
"the extension. The <tag>textobject</tag> elements contain information that "
"will be presented to the user as well as, or instead of, the image itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6428
msgid ""
"Text elements are shown to the reader in several situations. When the "
"document is viewed in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, text elements are shown while "
"the image is loading, or if the mouse pointer is hovered over the image, or "
"if a text-only browser is being used. In formats like plain text where "
"graphics are not possible, the text elements are shown instead of the "
"graphical ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6436
msgid ""
"This example shows how to include an image called <filename>fig1.png</"
"filename> in a document. The image is a rectangle with an A inside it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-ext\"/>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">literallayout class=\"monospaced\"</tag>+---------------+ <co xml:id=\"co-image-literal\"/>\n"
"|       A       |\n"
"+---------------+<tag class=\"endtag\">literallayout</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">phrase</tag>A picture<tag class=\"endtag\">phrase</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-phrase\"/>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6458
msgid ""
"Include an <tag>imagedata</tag> element inside the <tag>imageobject</tag> "
"element. The <literal>fileref</literal> attribute should contain the "
"filename of the image to include, without the extension. The stylesheets "
"will work out which extension should be added to the filename automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6468
msgid ""
"The first <tag>textobject</tag> contains a <tag>literallayout</tag> element, "
"where the <literal>class</literal> attribute is set to <literal>monospaced</"
"literal>. This is an opportunity to demonstrate <acronym>ASCII</acronym> art "
"skills. This content will be used if the document is converted to plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6476
msgid ""
"Notice how the first and last lines of the content of the "
"<tag>literallayout</tag> element butt up next to the element's tags. This "
"ensures no extraneous white space is included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6483
msgid ""
"The second <tag>textobject</tag> contains a single <tag>phrase</tag> "
"element. The contents of this phrase will become the <literal>alt</literal> "
"attribute for the image when this document is converted to <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6493
msgid "Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6495
msgid ""
"Images must be listed in the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the "
"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable. This variable must contain the names of "
"all the <emphasis>source</emphasis> images. For example, if there are three "
"figures, <filename>fig1.eps</filename>, <filename>fig2.png</filename>, "
"<filename>fig3.png</filename>, then the <filename>Makefile</filename> should "
"have lines like this in it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6504
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"…\n"
"IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png\n"
"…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6508 book.translate.xml:7098
msgid "or"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6510
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"…\n"
"IMAGES=  fig1.eps\n"
"IMAGES+= fig2.png\n"
"IMAGES+= fig3.png\n"
"…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6516
msgid ""
"Again, the <filename>Makefile</filename> will work out the complete list of "
"images it needs to build the source document, you only need to list the "
"image files <emphasis>you</emphasis> provided."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6523
msgid "Images and Chapters in Subdirectories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6525
msgid ""
"Be careful when separating documentation into smaller files in different "
"directories (see <xref linkend=\"xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6528
msgid ""
"Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the chapters are stored in "
"their own directories, called <filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename>, "
"<filename>chapter2/chapter.xml</filename>, and <filename>chapter3/chapter."
"xml</filename>. If each chapter has images associated with it, place those "
"images in each chapter's subdirectory (<filename>chapter1/</filename>, "
"<filename>chapter2/</filename>, and <filename>chapter3/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6538
msgid ""
"However, doing this requires including the directory names in the "
"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable in the <filename>Makefile</filename>, "
"<emphasis>and</emphasis> including the directory name in the <tag>imagedata</"
"tag> element in the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6544
msgid ""
"For example, if the book has <filename>chapter1/fig1.png</filename>, then "
"<filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename> should contain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"chapter1/fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-dir\"/>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  …\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6560
msgid ""
"The directory name must be included in the <literal>fileref</literal> "
"attribute."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6565
msgid "The <filename>Makefile</filename> must contain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"…\n"
"IMAGES=  chapter1/fig1.png\n"
"…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6577
msgid ""
"Links are also in-line elements. To show a <acronym>URI</acronym> without "
"creating a link, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-uri\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6583
msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6585
msgid ""
"Most DocBook elements accept an <literal>xml:id</literal> attribute to give "
"that part of the document a unique name. The <literal>xml:id</literal> can "
"be used as a target for a crossreference or link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6590
msgid ""
"Any portion of the document that will be a link target must have an "
"<literal>xml:id</literal> attribute. Assigning an <literal>xml:id</literal> "
"to all chapters and sections, even if there are no current plans to link to "
"them, is a good idea. These <literal>xml:id</literal>s can be used as unique "
"reference points by anyone referring to the <acronym>HTML</acronym> version "
"of the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6599
msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and Sections Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the introduction.  It contains a subsection,\n"
"    which is identified as well.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1 xml:id=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>More Details<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a subsection.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6616
msgid ""
"Use descriptive values for <literal>xml:id</literal> names. The values must "
"be unique within the entire document, not just in a single file. In the "
"example, the subsection <literal>xml:id</literal> is constructed by "
"appending text to the chapter <literal>xml:id</literal>. This ensures that "
"the <literal>xml:id</literal>s are unique. It also helps both reader and "
"anyone editing the document to see where the link is located within the "
"document, similar to a directory path to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6628
msgid "Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6630
msgid ""
"<tag>xref</tag> provides the reader with a link to jump to another section "
"of the document. The target <literal>xml:id</literal> is specified in the "
"<literal>linkend</literal> attribute, and <tag>xref</tag> generates the link "
"text automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6637
msgid "<tag>xref</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6639
msgid ""
"Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a document that includes the "
"<literal>xml:id</literal> example shown above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More information can be found\n"
"  in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More specific information can be found\n"
"  in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6649
msgid ""
"The link text will be generated automatically, looking like "
"(<emphasis>emphasized</emphasis> text indicates the link text):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:6654
msgid ""
"More information can be found in <emphasis>Chapter 1, Introduction</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:6657
msgid ""
"More specific information can be found in <emphasis>Section 1.1, <quote>More "
"Details</quote></emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6663
msgid ""
"The link text is generated automatically from the chapter and section number "
"and <literal>title</literal> elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6672
msgid ""
"The link element described here allows the writer to define the link text. "
"When link text is used, it is very important to be descriptive to give the "
"reader an idea of where the link goes. Remember that DocBook can be rendered "
"to multiple types of media. The reader might be looking at a printed book or "
"other form of media where there are no links. If the link text is not "
"descriptive enough, the reader might not be able to locate the linked "
"section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6681
msgid ""
"The <literal>xlink:href</literal> attribute is the <acronym>URL</acronym> of "
"the page, and the content of the element is the text that will be displayed "
"for the user to activate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6686
msgid ""
"In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual <acronym>URL</"
"acronym> rather than text. This can be done by leaving out the element text "
"entirely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6691
msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Documentation Web Page Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6694
msgid ""
"Link to the book or article <acronym>URL</acronym> entity. To link to a "
"specific chapter in a book, add a slash and the chapter file name, followed "
"by an optional anchor within the chapter. For articles, link to the article "
"<acronym>URL</acronym> entity, followed by an optional anchor within the "
"article. <acronym>URL</acronym> entities can be found in <filename>doc/share/"
"xml/urls.ent</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6703
msgid "Usage for FreeBSD book links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro\"</tag>SVN\n"
"    introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, then pick the nearest mirror from\n"
"  the list of <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors\"</tag>Subversion\n"
"    mirror sites<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6714
msgid ""
"Read the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/svn.html#svn-intro\">SVN introduction</link>, then pick the nearest "
"mirror from the list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6719
msgid "Usage for FreeBSD article links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6721
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read this\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;\"</tag>article\n"
"    about the BSD license<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, or just the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro\"</tag>introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6728
msgid ""
"Read this <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"bsdl-gpl\">article about the BSD license</link>, or just the <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/bsdl-gpl#intro"
"\">introduction</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6734
msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Web Page Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6738
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.base;/index.html\"</tag>FreeBSD home page<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> instead.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6743
msgid ""
"Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD home page</link> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6749
msgid "<tag>link</tag> to an External Web Page Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>GUID\n"
"    Partition Tables<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6761
msgid ""
"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">GUID Partition Tables</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6764
msgid "The link text can be omitted to show the actual URL:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
"  GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6771
msgid ""
"The same link can be entered using shorter notation instead of a separate "
"ending tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6774
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
"  GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"emptytag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6778
msgid "The two methods are equivalent. Appearance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6780
msgid ""
"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition Tables: <uri xlink:"
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en."
"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:6819
msgid "Style Sheets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6821
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> is concerned with content, and says nothing about how "
"that content should be presented to the reader or rendered on paper. "
"Multiple <emphasis>style sheet</emphasis> languages have been developed to "
"describe visual layout, including Extensible Stylesheet Language "
"Transformation (<acronym>XSLT</acronym>), Document Style Semantics and "
"Specification Language (<acronym>DSSSL</acronym>), and Cascading Style "
"Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6830
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> documents use <acronym>XSLT</acronym> stylesheets "
"to transform DocBook into <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, and then <acronym>CSS</"
"acronym> formatting is applied to the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> pages. "
"Printable output is currently rendered with legacy <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> "
"stylesheets, but this will probably change in the future."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6839
msgid "<acronym>CSS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6841
msgid ""
"Cascading Style Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) are a mechanism for "
"attaching style information (font, weight, size, color, and so forth) to "
"elements in an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document without abusing "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6848
msgid "The DocBook Documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6850
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <acronym>XSLT</acronym> and <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> stylesheets "
"refer to <filename>docbook.css</filename>, which is expected to be present "
"in the same directory as the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> files. The project-"
"wide <acronym>CSS</acronym> file is copied from <filename>doc/share/misc/"
"docbook.css</filename> when documents are converted to <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym>, and is installed automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:6894
msgid "Translations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6896
msgid ""
"This is the FAQ for people translating the FreeBSD documentation (FAQ, "
"Handbook, tutorials, manual pages, and others) to different languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6900
msgid ""
"It is <emphasis>very</emphasis> heavily based on the translation FAQ from "
"the FreeBSD German Documentation Project, originally written by Frank "
"Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email> and translated back to "
"English by Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6906
msgid ""
"The FAQ is maintained by the Documentation Engineering Team "
"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6911
msgid "What do <phrase>i18n</phrase> and <phrase>l10n</phrase> mean?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6916
msgid ""
"<phrase>i18n</phrase> means <phrase>internationalization</phrase> and "
"<phrase>l10n</phrase> means <phrase>localization</phrase>. They are just a "
"convenient shorthand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6921
msgid ""
"<phrase>i18n</phrase> can be read as <quote>i</quote> followed by 18 "
"letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>. Similarly, <phrase>l10n</phrase> is "
"<quote>l</quote> followed by 10 letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6930
msgid "Is there a mailing list for translators?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6934
msgid ""
"Yes. Different translation groups have their own mailing lists. The <link "
"xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html\">list of "
"translation projects</link> has more information about the mailing lists and "
"web sites run by each translation project. In addition there is "
"<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email> for general translation "
"discussion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6946
msgid "Are more translators needed?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6950
msgid ""
"Yes. The more people work on translation the faster it gets done, and the "
"faster changes to the English documentation are mirrored in the translated "
"documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6955
msgid "You do not have to be a professional translator to be able to help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6962
msgid "What languages do I need to know?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6966
msgid ""
"Ideally, you will have a good knowledge of written English, and obviously "
"you will need to be fluent in the language you are translating to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6970
msgid ""
"English is not strictly necessary. For example, you could do a Hungarian "
"translation of the FAQ from the Spanish translation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6978
msgid "What software do I need to know?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6982
msgid ""
"It is strongly recommended that you maintain a local copy of the FreeBSD "
"Subversion repository (at least the documentation part). This can be done by "
"running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6986
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6988
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> is a "
"public <literal>SVN</literal> server. Verify the server certificate from the "
"list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6994
msgid ""
"This will require the <package>devel/subversion</package> package to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6999
msgid ""
"You should be comfortable using <application>svn</application>. This will "
"allow you to see what has changed between different versions of the files "
"that make up the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7004
msgid ""
"For example, to view the differences between revisions <literal>r33733</"
"literal> and <literal>r33734</literal> of <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"fdp-primer/book.xml</filename>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7009
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7011
msgid ""
"Please see the complete explanation of using <application>Subversion</"
"application> in FreeBSD in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html\">FreeBSD Handbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7019
msgid "How do I find out who else might be translating to the same language?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7024
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html"
"\">Documentation Project translations page</link> lists the translation "
"efforts that are currently known about. If others are already working on "
"translating documentation to your language, please do not duplicate their "
"efforts. Instead, contact them to see how you can help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7031
msgid ""
"If no one is listed on that page as translating for your language, then send "
"a message to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link> in "
"case someone else is thinking of doing a translation, but has not announced "
"it yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7040
msgid "No one else is translating to my language. What do I do?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7045
msgid ""
"Congratulations, you have just started the <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>your-"
"language-here</replaceable> Documentation Translation Project</quote>. "
"Welcome aboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7050
msgid ""
"First, decide whether or not you have got the time to spare. Since you are "
"the only person working on your language at the moment it is going to be "
"your responsibility to publicize your work and coordinate any volunteers "
"that might want to help you."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7056
msgid ""
"Write an email to the Documentation Project mailing list, announcing that "
"you are going to translate the documentation, so the Documentation Project "
"translations page can be maintained."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7061
msgid ""
"If there is already someone in your country providing FreeBSD mirroring "
"services you should contact them and ask if you can have some webspace for "
"your project, and possibly an email address or mailing list services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7066
msgid ""
"Then pick a document and start translating. It is best to start with "
"something fairly small—either the FAQ, or one of the tutorials."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7074
msgid "I have translated some documentation, where do I send it?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7079
msgid ""
"That depends. If you are already working with a translation team (such as "
"the Japanese team, or the German team) then they will have their own "
"procedures for handling submitted documentation, and these will be outlined "
"on their web pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7085
msgid ""
"If you are the only person working on a particular language (or you are "
"responsible for a translation project and want to submit your changes back "
"to the FreeBSD project) then you should send your translation to the FreeBSD "
"project (see the next question)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7095
msgid ""
"I am the only person working on translating to this language, how do I "
"submit my translation?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7100
msgid ""
"We are a translation team, and want to submit documentation that our members "
"have translated for us."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7106
msgid ""
"First, make sure your translation is organized properly. This means that it "
"should drop into the existing documentation tree and build straight away."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7110
msgid ""
"Currently, the FreeBSD documentation is stored in a top level directory "
"called <filename>head/</filename>. Directories below this are named "
"according to the language code they are written in, as defined in ISO639 "
"(<filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename> on a version of FreeBSD newer "
"than 20th January 1999)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7117
msgid ""
"If your language can be encoded in different ways (for example, Chinese) "
"then there should be directories below this, one for each encoding format "
"you have provided."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7121
msgid "Finally, you should have directories for each document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7124
msgid "For example, a hypothetical Swedish translation might look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"head/\n"
"    sv_SE.ISO8859-1/\n"
"                     Makefile\n"
"                     htdocs/\n"
"                           docproj/\n"
"                     books/\n"
"                           faq/\n"
"                               Makefile\n"
"                               book.xml"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7137
msgid ""
"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal> is the name of the translation, in "
"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
"replaceable></filename> form. Note the two Makefiles, which will be used to "
"build the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7143
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to compress up your "
"documentation, and send it to the project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7146
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7150
msgid ""
"Put <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> somewhere. If you do not have "
"access to your own webspace (perhaps your ISP does not let you have any) "
"then you can email Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</"
"email>, and arrange to email the files when it is convenient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7156
msgid ""
"Either way, you should use Bugzilla to submit a report indicating that you "
"have submitted the documentation. It would be very helpful if you could get "
"other people to look over your translation and double check it first, since "
"it is unlikely that the person committing it will be fluent in the language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7163
msgid ""
"Someone (probably the Documentation Project Manager, currently Documentation "
"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>) will then take your "
"translation and confirm that it builds. In particular, the following things "
"will be looked at:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7170
msgid "Do all your files use RCS strings (such as \"ID\")?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7175
msgid ""
"Does <command>make all</command> in the <filename>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</filename> "
"directory work correctly?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7181
msgid "Does <command>make install</command> work correctly?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7186
msgid ""
"If there are any problems then whoever is looking at the submission will get "
"back to you to work them out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7189
msgid ""
"If there are no problems your translation will be committed as soon as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7196
msgid "Can I include language or country specific text in my translation?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7201
msgid "We would prefer that you did not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7203
msgid ""
"For example, suppose that you are translating the Handbook to Korean, and "
"want to include a section about retailers in Korea in your Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7207
msgid ""
"There is no real reason why that information should not be in the English "
"(or German, or Spanish, or Japanese, or …) versions as well. It is feasible "
"that an English speaker in Korea might try to pick up a copy of FreeBSD "
"whilst over there. It also helps increase FreeBSD's perceived presence "
"around the globe, which is not a bad thing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7215
msgid ""
"If you have country specific information, please submit it as a change to "
"the English Handbook (using Bugzilla) and then translate the change back to "
"your language in the translated Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7220
msgid "Thanks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7226
msgid "How should language specific characters be included?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7231
msgid ""
"Non-ASCII characters in the documentation should be included using SGML "
"entities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7234
msgid ""
"Briefly, these look like an ampersand (&amp;), the name of the entity, and a "
"semi-colon (;)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7237
msgid ""
"The entity names are defined in ISO8879, which is in the ports tree as "
"<package>textproc/iso8879</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7240
msgid "A few examples include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
#: book.translate.xml:7243
msgid "Entity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
#: book.translate.xml:7245
msgid "Appearance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7250
msgid "&amp;eacute;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7251
msgid "é"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7252
msgid "Small <quote>e</quote> with an acute accent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7256
msgid "&amp;Eacute;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7257
msgid "É"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7258
msgid "Large <quote>E</quote> with an acute accent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7262
msgid "&amp;uuml;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7263
msgid "ü"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7264
msgid "Small <quote>u</quote> with an umlaut"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7268
msgid ""
"After you have installed the iso8879 port, the files in <filename>/usr/local/"
"share/xml/iso8879</filename> contain the complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7276
msgid "Addressing the reader"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7280
msgid ""
"In the English documents, the reader is addressed as <quote>you</quote>, "
"there is no formal/informal distinction as there is in some languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7284
msgid ""
"If you are translating to a language which does distinguish, use whichever "
"form is typically used in other technical documentation in your language. If "
"in doubt, use a mildly polite form."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7293
msgid "Do I need to include any additional information in my translations?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7298
msgid "Yes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7300
msgid ""
"The header of the English version of each document will look something like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7303
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!--\n"
"     The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
"\n"
"     $FreeBSD: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/book.xml 38674 2012-04-14 13:52:52Z $\n"
"--&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7309
msgid ""
"The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always include a $FreeBSD$ "
"line and the phrase <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal>. "
"Note that the $FreeBSD part is expanded automatically by Subversion, so it "
"should be empty (just <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>) for new files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7317
msgid ""
"Your translated documents should include their own $FreeBSD$ line, and "
"change the <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> line to "
"<literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation "
"Project</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7323
msgid ""
"In addition, you should add a third line which indicates which revision of "
"the English text this is based on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7326
msgid "So, the Spanish version of this file might start:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!--\n"
"     The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
"\n"
"     $FreeBSD: head/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/faq/book.xml 38826 2012-05-17 19:12:14Z hrs $\n"
"     Original revision: r38674\n"
"--&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:7345
msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> Translations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7350
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/\"><acronym>GNU</"
"acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> system offers translators "
"an easy way to create and maintain translations of documents. Translatable "
"strings are extracted from the original document into a <acronym>PO</"
"acronym> (Portable Object) file. Translated versions of the strings are "
"entered with a separate editor. The strings can be used directly or built "
"into a complete translated version of the original document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7363
msgid ""
"The procedure shown in <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/> is assumed "
"to have already been performed. The <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> option is "
"required and already enabled by default in the <package role=\"port"
"\">textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7369
msgid ""
"This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of the short <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds"
"\">Leap Seconds</link> article."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7374
msgid "Install a <acronym>PO</acronym> Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7377
msgid ""
"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is needed to edit translation files. This "
"example uses <package role=\"ports\">editors/poedit</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7387
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:7389
msgid ""
"When a new translation is first created, the directory structure and "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> must be created or copied from the English "
"original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7394
msgid ""
"Create a directory for the new translation. The English article source is in "
"<filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>. The "
"Spanish translation will go in <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
"seconds/</filename>. The path is the same except for the name of the "
"language directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7402
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7406
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original document into the "
"translation directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \\\n"
"    ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7415
msgid "Translation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:7417
msgid ""
"Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting translatable "
"strings from the original document, and entering translations for those "
"strings. These steps are repeated until the translator feels that enough of "
"the document has been translated to produce a usable translated document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7425
msgid ""
"Extract the translatable strings from the original English version into a "
"<acronym>PO</acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7433
msgid ""
"Use a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor to enter translations in the <acronym>PO</"
"acronym> file. There are several different editors available. "
"<filename>poedit</filename> from <package role=\"port\">editors/poedit</"
"package> is shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7439
msgid ""
"The <acronym>PO</acronym> file name is the two-character language code "
"followed by an underline and a two-character region code. For Spanish, the "
"file name is <filename>es_ES.po</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7444 book.translate.xml:7892
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7449
msgid "Generating a Translated Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7452
msgid "Generate the translated document:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7457
msgid ""
"The name of the generated document matches the name of the English original, "
"usually <filename>article.xml</filename> for articles or <filename>book.xml</"
"filename> for books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7464
msgid ""
"Check the generated file by rendering it to <acronym>HTML</acronym> and "
"viewing it with a web browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox article.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7475
msgid "Creating New Translations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7477
msgid ""
"The first step to creating a new translated document is locating or creating "
"a directory to hold it. FreeBSD puts translated documents in a subdirectory "
"named for their language and region in the format "
"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>_<replaceable>REGION</replaceable></"
"filename>. <replaceable>lang</replaceable> is a two-character lowercase "
"code. It is followed by an underscore character and then the two-character "
"uppercase <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:7488
msgid "Language Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7493
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7494
msgid "Region"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7495
msgid "Translated Directory Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7496
msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> File Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7497
msgid "Character Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7503
msgid "English"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7504
msgid "United States"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7505
msgid "<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7506
msgid "<filename>en_US.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7507 book.translate.xml:7523 book.translate.xml:7531
#: book.translate.xml:7547 book.translate.xml:7555 book.translate.xml:7603
#: book.translate.xml:7619
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7511
msgid "Bengali"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7512
msgid "Bangladesh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7513
msgid "<filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7514
msgid "<filename>bn_BD.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7515 book.translate.xml:7587 book.translate.xml:7595
#: book.translate.xml:7643 book.translate.xml:7651
msgid "<acronym>UTF</acronym>-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7519
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7520
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7521
msgid "<filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7522
msgid "<filename>da_DK.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7527
msgid "German"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7528
msgid "Germany"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7529
msgid "<filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7530
msgid "<filename>de_DE.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7535
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7536
msgid "Greece"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7537
msgid "<filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7538
msgid "<filename>el_GR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7539
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7543
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7544
msgid "Spain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7545
msgid "<filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7546
msgid "<filename>es_ES.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7551
msgid "French"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7552
msgid "France"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7553
msgid "<filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7554
msgid "<filename>fr_FR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7559
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7560
msgid "Hungary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7561
msgid "<filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7562
msgid "<filename>hu_HU.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7563 book.translate.xml:7611
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7567
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7568
msgid "Italy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7569
msgid "<filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7570
msgid "<filename>it_IT.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7571
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7575
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7576
msgid "Japan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7577
msgid "<filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7578
msgid "<filename>ja_JP.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7579
msgid "<acronym>EUC</acronym> JP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7583
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7584
msgid "Korea"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7585
msgid "<filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7586
msgid "<filename>ko_KR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7591
msgid "Mongolian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7592
msgid "Mongolia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7593
msgid "<filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7594
msgid "<filename>mn_MN.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7599
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7600
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7601
msgid "<filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7602
msgid "<filename>nl_NL.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7607
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7608
msgid "Poland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7609
msgid "<filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7610
msgid "<filename>pl_PL.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7615
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7616
msgid "Brazil"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7617
msgid "<filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7618
msgid "<filename>pt_BR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7623
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7624
msgid "Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7625
msgid "<filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7626
msgid "<filename>ru_RU.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7627
msgid "<acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7631
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7632
msgid "Turkey"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7633
msgid "<filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7634
msgid "<filename>tr_TR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7635
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7639 book.translate.xml:7647
msgid "Chinese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7640
msgid "China"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7641
msgid "<filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7642
msgid "<filename>zh_CN.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7648
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7649
msgid "<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7650
msgid "<filename>zh_TW.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7657
msgid ""
"The translations are in subdirectories of the main documentation directory, "
"here assumed to be <filename>~/doc/</filename> as shown in <xref linkend="
"\"overview-quick-start\"/>. For example, German translations are located in "
"<filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>, and French translations are in "
"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7666
msgid ""
"Each language directory contains separate subdirectories named for the type "
"of documents, usually <filename>articles/</filename> and <filename>books/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7671
msgid ""
"Combining these directory names gives the complete path to an article or "
"book. For example, the French translation of the NanoBSD article is in "
"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</filename>, and the "
"Mongolian translation of the Handbook is in <filename>~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/"
"books/handbook/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7678
msgid ""
"A new language directory must be created when translating a document to a "
"new language. If the language directory already exists, only a subdirectory "
"in the <filename>articles/</filename> or <filename>books/</filename> "
"directory is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7684
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation builds are controlled by a <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> in the same directory. With simple articles, the "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> can often just be copied verbatim from the "
"original English directory. The translation process combines multiple "
"separate <filename>book.xml</filename> and <filename>chapter.xml</filename> "
"files in books into a single file, so the <filename>Makefile</filename> for "
"book translations must be copied and modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7695
msgid "Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7698
msgid ""
"Create a new Spanish translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\">Porter's Handbook</link>. The "
"original is a book in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/"
"</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7705
msgid ""
"The Spanish language books directory <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</"
"filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's "
"Handbook is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7709
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
"A         porters-handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7715
msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original book:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7722
msgid ""
"Modify the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename> to only expect a "
"single <filename>book.xml</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
"\n"
"DOC?= book\n"
"\n"
"FORMATS?= html-split\n"
"\n"
"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
"\n"
"# XML content\n"
"SRCS=  book.xml\n"
"\n"
"# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/1.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/2.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/3.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/4.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/5.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/6.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/7.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/8.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/9.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/10.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/11.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/12.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/13.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/14.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/15.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/16.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/17.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/18.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/19.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/20.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/21.png\n"
"\n"
"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
"\n"
".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7772
msgid ""
"Now the document structure is ready for the translator to begin translating "
"with <command>make po</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7780
msgid ""
"Creating a French Translation of the <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7783
msgid ""
"Create a new French translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article</"
"link>. The original is an article in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/pgpkeys/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7790
msgid ""
"The French language article directory <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/</filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the "
"<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7794
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
"A         pgpkeys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7800
msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original article:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7803
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7807
msgid ""
"Check the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename>. Because this is a "
"simple article, in this case the <filename>Makefile</filename> can be used "
"unchanged. The <literal>$FreeBSD...$</literal> version string on the second "
"line will be replaced by the version control system when this file is "
"committed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7814
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Article: PGP Keys\n"
"\n"
"DOC?= article\n"
"\n"
"FORMATS?= html\n"
"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
"\n"
"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
"\n"
"SRCS=   article.xml\n"
"\n"
"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n"
"\n"
"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?=    ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
"\n"
".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7836
msgid ""
"With the document structure complete, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file can be "
"created with <command>make po</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7845
msgid "Translating"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7847
msgid ""
"The <application>gettext</application> system greatly reduces the number of "
"things that must be tracked by a translator. Strings to be translated are "
"extracted from the original document into a <acronym>PO</acronym> file. Then "
"a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to enter the translated versions of "
"each string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7854
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <acronym>PO</acronym> translation system does not overwrite "
"<acronym>PO</acronym> files, so the extraction step can be run at any time "
"to update the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7859
msgid ""
"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to edit the file. <package role=\"port"
"\">editors/poedit</package> is shown in these examples because it is simple "
"and has minimal requirements. Other <acronym>PO</acronym> editors offer "
"features to make the job of translating easier. The Ports Collection offers "
"several of these editors, including <package role=\"port\">devel/"
"gtranslator</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7867
msgid ""
"It is important to preserve the <acronym>PO</acronym> file. It contains all "
"of the work that translators have done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7871
msgid "Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7873
msgid "Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7878
msgid ""
"Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and update the "
"<acronym>PO</acronym> file. The generated <acronym>PO</acronym> file is "
"called <filename>es_ES.po</filename> as shown in <xref linkend=\"po-"
"translations-language-names\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7889
msgid "Enter translations using a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7899
msgid "Tips for Translators"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7902 book.translate.xml:7908
msgid "Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7904
msgid ""
"Preserve <acronym>XML</acronym> tags that are shown in the English original."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7910
msgid "English original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7912
#, no-wrap
msgid "If <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> is not being used"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7914
msgid "Spanish translation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7916
#, no-wrap
msgid "Si <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> no se utiliza"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7921
msgid "Preserving Spaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7923
msgid ""
"Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of strings to be "
"translated. The translated version must have these spaces also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7929
msgid "Verbatim Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7931
msgid "The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not translated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7936
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7940
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7944
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7948
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7952
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7956
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">orgname</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7960
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7964
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7968
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7972
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7976
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7980
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7984
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7990
msgid "<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> Strings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7993
msgid ""
"The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in files require special handling. In "
"examples like <xref linkend=\"po-translations-creating-example\"/>, these "
"strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents use "
"<literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities to avoid including actual literal "
"dollar signs in the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8000 book.translate.xml:8018
#, no-wrap
msgid "&amp;dollar;FreeBSD&amp;dollar;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8002
msgid ""
"The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities are not seen as dollar signs by "
"the version control system and so the string is not expanded into a version "
"string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8006
msgid ""
"When a <acronym>PO</acronym> file is created, the <literal>&amp;dollar;</"
"literal> entities used in examples are replaced with actual dollar signs. "
"The resulting literal <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> string will be wrongly "
"expanded by the version control system when the file is committed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8013
msgid ""
"The same technique as used in the English documents can be used in the "
"translation. The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> is used to replace the "
"dollar sign in the translation entered into the <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8061
msgid "Building a Translated Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8063
msgid ""
"A translated version of the original document can be created at any time. "
"Any untranslated portions of the original will be included in English in the "
"resulting document. Most <acronym>PO</acronym> editors have an indicator "
"that shows how much of the translation has been completed. This makes it "
"easy for the translator to see when enough strings have been translated to "
"make building the final document worthwhile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:8073
msgid "Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:8075
msgid ""
"Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's Handbook that was "
"created in an earlier example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8080
msgid ""
"Build the translated document. Because the original is a book, the generated "
"document is <filename>book.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8084
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8089
msgid ""
"Render the translated <filename>book.xml</filename> to <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym> and view it with <application>Firefox</application>. This is the "
"same procedure used with the English version of the documents, and other "
"<varname>FORMATS</varname> can be used here in the same way. See <xref "
"linkend=\"doc-build-rendering-common-formats\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8096
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8104
msgid "Submitting the New Translation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8106
msgid ""
"Prepare the new translation files for submission. This includes adding the "
"files to the version control system, setting additional properties on them, "
"then creating a diff for submission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8111
msgid ""
"The diff files created by these examples can be attached to a <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation"
"\">documentation bug report</link> or <link xlink:href=\"https://reviews."
"freebsd.org/\">code review</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:8117
msgid "Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8121 book.translate.xml:8188
msgid ""
"Add a FreeBSD version string comment as the first line of the <acronym>PO</"
"acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8124 book.translate.xml:8191
#, no-wrap
msgid "#$FreeBSD$"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8128 book.translate.xml:8195
msgid ""
"Add the <filename>Makefile</filename>, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file, and "
"the generated <acronym>XML</acronym> translation to version control:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8133
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tes_ES.po\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile\n"
"A         article.xml\n"
"A         es_ES.po"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8143 book.translate.xml:8210
msgid ""
"Set the <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
"literal> properties on these files to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so "
"<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> strings are expanded into the path, revision, "
"date, and author when committed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8158
msgid ""
"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. These are <literal>text/"
"xml</literal> for books and articles, and <literal>text/x-gettext-"
"translation</literal> for the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8171
msgid ""
"Create a diff of the new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
"directory so the full path is shown with the filenames. This helps "
"committers identify the target language directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8176
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ &gt; /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:8183
msgid ""
"Korean <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> Translation of the Explaining-BSD Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tko_KR.po\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile\n"
"A         article.xml\n"
"A         ko_KR.po"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8224
msgid ""
"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. Because these files use "
"the <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> character set, that is also specified. To "
"prevent the version control system from mistaking these files for binary "
"data, the <literal>fbsd:notbinary</literal> property is also set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8231
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml</userinput>\n"
"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8242
msgid ""
"Create a diff of these new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd &gt; /tmp/ko-explaining.diff</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8259
msgid "Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8264
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>, commonly shortened to <emphasis>man "
"pages</emphasis>, were conceived as readily-available reminders for command "
"syntax, device driver details, or configuration file formats. They have "
"become an extremely valuable quick-reference from the command line for "
"users, system administrators, and programmers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8271
msgid ""
"Although intended as reference material rather than tutorials, the EXAMPLES "
"sections of manual pages often provide detailed use case."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8275
msgid ""
"Manual pages are generally shown interactively by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command. When the user types <command>man ls</command>, a "
"search is performed for a manual page matching <literal>ls</literal>. The "
"first matching result is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8283
msgid "Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8285
msgid ""
"Manual pages are grouped into <emphasis>sections</emphasis>. Each section "
"contains manual pages for a specific category of documentation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8293
msgid "Section Number"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8294
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8300
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8301
msgid "General Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8305
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8306
msgid "System Calls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8310
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8311
msgid "Library Functions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8315
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8316
msgid "Kernel Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8320
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8321
msgid "File Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8325
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8326
msgid "Games"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8330
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8331
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8335
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8336
msgid "System Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8340
msgid "9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8341
msgid "Kernel Developer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8349
msgid "Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8351
msgid ""
"Various markup forms and rendering programs have been used for manual pages. "
"FreeBSD has used <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the newer "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Most existing FreeBSD manual pages, and all new ones, use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> form of markup. This is a simple line-based markup that is "
"reasonably expressive. It is mostly semantic: parts of text are marked up "
"for what they are, rather than for how they should appear when rendered. "
"There is some appearance-based markup which is usually best avoided."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8360
msgid ""
"Manual page source is usually interpreted and displayed to the screen "
"interactively. The source files can be ordinary text files or compressed "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to save space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8364
msgid ""
"Manual pages can also be rendered to other formats, including PostScript for "
"printing or <acronym>PDF</acronym> generation. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8369
msgid "Manual Page Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8371
msgid ""
"Manual pages are composed of several standard sections. Each section has a "
"title in upper case, and the sections for a particular type of manual page "
"appear in a specific order. For a category 1 General Command manual page, "
"the sections are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8381
msgid "Section Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8388
msgid "NAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8389
msgid "Name of the command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8393
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8394
msgid "Format of options and arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8398
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8399
msgid "Description of purpose and usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8403
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8404
msgid "Environment settings that affect operation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8409
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8410
msgid "Error codes returned on exit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8414
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8415
msgid "Examples of usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8419
msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8420
msgid "Compatibility with other implementations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8424
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8425
msgid "Cross-reference to related manual pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8429
msgid "STANDARDS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8430
msgid "Compatibility with standards like POSIX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8434
msgid "HISTORY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8435
msgid "History of implementation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8439
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8440
msgid "Known bugs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8444
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8445
msgid "People who created the command or wrote the manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8452
msgid ""
"Some sections are optional, and the combination of sections for a specific "
"type of manual page vary. Examples of the most common types are shown later "
"in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8458
msgid "Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8460
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> markup is based on <emphasis>macros</emphasis>. Lines that "
"begin with a dot contain macro commands, each two or three letters long. For "
"example, consider this portion of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-markup-macros-example-ls
#: book.translate.xml:8466
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
".Dd December 1, 2015  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-1\"/>\n"
".Dt LS 1\n"
".Sh NAME  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-2\"/>\n"
".Nm ls\n"
".Nd list directory contents\n"
".Sh SYNOPSIS  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-3\"/>\n"
".Nm  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-4\"/>\n"
".Op Fl -libxo  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-5\"/>\n"
".Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-6\"/>\n"
".Op Fl D Ar format  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-7\"/>\n"
".Op Ar  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-8\"/>\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-9\"/>\n"
"For each operand that names a\n"
".Ar file\n"
"of a type other than\n"
"directory,\n"
".Nm\n"
"displays its name as well as any requested,\n"
"associated information.\n"
"For each operand that names a\n"
".Ar file\n"
"of type directory,\n"
".Nm\n"
"displays the names of files contained\n"
"within that directory, as well as any requested, associated\n"
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8496
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> and <emphasis>Document title</emphasis> "
"are defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8501
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the NAME section is defined. Then "
"the <emphasis>Name</emphasis> of the command and a one-line <emphasis>Name "
"description</emphasis> are defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8508
msgid ""
"The SYNOPSIS section begins. This section describes the command-line options "
"and arguments accepted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8513
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Name</emphasis> (<literal>.Nm</literal>) has already been defined, "
"and repeating it here just displays the defined value in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8519
msgid ""
"An <emphasis>Optional</emphasis> <emphasis>Flag</emphasis> called <literal>-"
"libxo</literal> is shown. The <literal>Fl</literal> macro adds a dash to the "
"beginning of flags, so this appears in the manual page as <literal>--libxo</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8527
msgid "A long list of optional single-character flags are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8532
msgid ""
"An optional <literal>-D</literal> flag is defined. If the <literal>-D</"
"literal> flag is given, it must be followed by an <emphasis>Argument</"
"emphasis>. The argument is a <emphasis>format</emphasis>, a string that "
"tells <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> what to display and how to display it. Details on "
"the format string are given later in the manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8542
msgid ""
"A final optional argument is defined. Because no name is specified for the "
"argument, the default of <literal>file ...</literal> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8548
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the DESCRIPTION section is "
"defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8553
msgid ""
"When rendered with the command <command>man ls</command>, the result "
"displayed on the screen looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"LS(1)                   FreeBSD General Commands Manual                  LS(1)\n"
"\n"
"NAME\n"
"     ls — list directory contents\n"
"\n"
"SYNOPSIS\n"
"     ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]\n"
"        [file ...]\n"
"\n"
"DESCRIPTION\n"
"     For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls\n"
"     displays its name as well as any requested, associated information.  For\n"
"     each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names\n"
"     of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,\n"
"     associated information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8572
msgid "Optional values are shown inside square brackets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8576
msgid "Markup Guidelines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8578
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> markup language is not very strict. For clarity "
"and consistency, the FreeBSD Documentation project adds some additional "
"style guidelines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8584
msgid "Only the first letter of macros is upper case"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8587
msgid ""
"Always use upper case for the first letter of a macro and lower case for the "
"remaining letters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8593
msgid "Begin new sentences on new lines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8596
msgid ""
"Start a new sentence on a new line, do not begin it on the same line as an "
"existing sentence."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8602
msgid ""
"Update <literal>.Dd</literal> when making non-trivial changes to a manual "
"page"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8606
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> informs the reader about the last "
"time the manual page was updated. It is important to update whenever non-"
"trivial changes are made to the manual pages. Trivial changes like spelling "
"or punctuation fixes that do not affect usage can be made without updating "
"<literal>.Dd</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8617
msgid "Give examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8620
msgid ""
"Show the reader examples when possible. Even trivial examples are valuable, "
"because what is trivial to the writer is not necessarily trivial to the "
"reader. Three examples are a good goal. A trivial example shows the minimal "
"requirements, a serious example shows actual use, and an in-depth example "
"demonstrates unusual or non-obvious functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8631
msgid "Include the BSD license"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8634
msgid ""
"Include the BSD license on new manual pages. The preferred license is "
"available from the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/committers-guidepref-license\">Committer's Guide</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8643
msgid "Markup Tricks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8645
msgid "Add a space before punctuation on a line with macros. Example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr geom 4 ,\n"
".Xr boot0cfg 8 ,\n"
".Xr geom 8 ,\n"
".Xr gptboot 8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8654
msgid ""
"Note how the commas at the end of the <literal>.Xr</literal> lines have been "
"placed after a space. The <literal>.Xr</literal> macro expects two "
"parameters to follow it, the name of an external manual page, and a section "
"number. The space separates the punctuation from the section number. Without "
"the space, the external links would incorrectly point to section <literal>4,"
"</literal> or <literal>8,</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8665
msgid "Important Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8667
msgid ""
"Some very common macros will be shown here. For more usage examples, see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or search for actual "
"use in <filename>/usr/share/man/man*</filename> directories. For example, to "
"search for examples of the <literal>.Bd</literal> <emphasis>Begin display</"
"emphasis> macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8674
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:8677
msgid "Organizational Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:8679
msgid "Some macros are used to define logical blocks of a manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8686
msgid "Organizational Macro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8687 book.translate.xml:8742 book.translate.xml:9640
#: book.translate.xml:9820
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8693
msgid "<literal>.Sh</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8694
msgid ""
"Section header. Followed by the name of the section, traditionally all upper "
"case. Think of these as chapter titles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8700
msgid "<literal>.Ss</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8701
msgid ""
"Subsection header. Followed by the name of the subsection. Used to divide a "
"<literal>.Sh</literal> section into subsections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8708
msgid "<literal>.Bl</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8709
msgid "Begin list. Start a list of items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8713
msgid "<literal>.El</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8714
msgid "End a list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8718
msgid "<literal>.Bd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8719
msgid "Begin display. Begin a special area of text, like an indented area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8724
msgid "<literal>.Ed</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8725
msgid "End display."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:8733
msgid "Inline Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:8735
msgid "Many macros are used to mark up inline text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8741
msgid "Inline Macro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8748
msgid "<literal>.Nm</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8749
msgid ""
"Name. Called with a name as a parameter on the first use, then used later "
"without the parameter to display the name that has already been defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8756
msgid "<literal>.Pa</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8757
msgid "Path to a file. Used to mark up filenames and directory paths."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8768
msgid "Sample Manual Page Structures"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8770
msgid ""
"This section shows minimal desired man page contents for several common "
"categories of manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8774
msgid "Section 1 or 8 Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8776
msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 1 or 8 command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-1-8-sample
#: book.translate.xml:8779
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
".Dt EXAMPLECMD 8\n"
".Os\n"
".Sh NAME\n"
".Nm examplecmd\n"
".Nd \"command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages\"\n"
".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
".Nm\n"
".Op Fl v\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete\n"
"manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.\n"
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr exampleconf 5\n"
".Sh AUTHORS\n"
".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8800
msgid "Section 4 Device Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8802
msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 4 device driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-4-sample
#: book.translate.xml:8805
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
".Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4\n"
".Os\n"
".Sh NAME\n"
".Nm exampledriver\n"
".Nd \"driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages\"\n"
".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
"To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the\n"
"kernel configuration file:\n"
".Bd -ragged -offset indent\n"
".Cd \"device exampledriver\"\n"
".Ed\n"
".Pp\n"
"To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to\n"
".Xr loader.conf 5 :\n"
".Bd -literal -offset indent\n"
"exampledriver_load=\"YES\"\n"
".Ed\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template\n"
"file for section 4 manual pages.\n"
".Sh HARDWARE\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent\n"
"Technologies:\n"
".Pp\n"
".Bl -bullet -compact\n"
".It\n"
"NT X149.2 (single and dual port)\n"
".It\n"
"NT X149.8 (single port)\n"
".El\n"
".Sh DIAGNOSTICS\n"
".Bl -diag\n"
".It \"flashing green light\"\n"
"Something bad happened.\n"
".It \"flashing red light\"\n"
"Something really bad happened.\n"
".It \"solid black light\"\n"
"Power cord is unplugged.\n"
".El\n"
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr example 8\n"
".Sh HISTORY\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"device driver first appeared in\n"
".Fx 49.2 .\n"
".Sh AUTHORS\n"
".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8861
msgid "Section 5 Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8863
msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 5 configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-5-sample
#: book.translate.xml:8866
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
".Dt EXAMPLECONF 5\n"
".Os\n"
".Sh NAME\n"
".Nm example.conf\n"
".Nd \"config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages\"\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
".Nm\n"
"is an example configuration file.\n"
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr example 8\n"
".Sh AUTHORS\n"
".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8883
msgid "Testing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8885
msgid ""
"Testing a new manual page can be challenging. Fortunately there are some "
"tools that can assist in the task. Some of them, like "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, do not look in the current directory. It is a good idea to "
"prefix the filename with <literal>./</literal> if the new manual page is in "
"the current directory. An absolute path can also be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8891
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>'s linter to check for parsing errors:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8894
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mandoc -T lint ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8896
msgid "Use <package>textproc/igor</package> to proofread the manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8899
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>igor ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8901
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to check the final result of your changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8904
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8906
msgid ""
"You can use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>col</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to filter the output of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and get rid of the backspace characters before loading the "
"result in your favorite editor for spell checking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8911
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ./mynewmanpage.8 | col -b | vim -R -</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8913
msgid ""
"Spell-checking with fully-featured dictionaries is encouraged, and can be "
"accomplished by using <package>textproc/hunspell</package> or "
"<package>textproc/aspell</package> combined with <package>textproc/en-"
"hunspell</package> or <package>textproc/en-aspell</package>, respectively. "
"For instance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8921
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>aspell check --lang=en --mode=nroff ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8926
msgid "Example Manual Pages to Use as Templates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8928
msgid "Some manual pages are suitable as in-depth examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8934
msgid "Manual Page"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8935
msgid "Path to Source Location"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8942
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8946
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8947
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8951
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8952
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8956
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8957
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8965
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8967
msgid "Resources for manual page writers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8971
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8975
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8979
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8983
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/mdoc.html\">Practical UNIX "
"Manuals: mdoc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8988
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/history.html\">History of UNIX "
"Manpages</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:9027
msgid "Writing Style"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9030
msgid "Tips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9032
msgid ""
"Technical documentation can be improved by consistent use of several "
"principles. Most of these can be classified into three goals: <emphasis>be "
"clear</emphasis>, <emphasis>be complete</emphasis>, and <emphasis>be "
"concise</emphasis>. These goals can conflict with each other. Good writing "
"consists of a balance between them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9041
msgid "Be Clear"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9043
msgid ""
"Clarity is extremely important. The reader may be a novice, or reading the "
"document in a second language. Strive for simple, uncomplicated text that "
"clearly explains the concepts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9048
msgid ""
"Avoid flowery or embellished speech, jokes, or colloquial expressions. Write "
"as simply and clearly as possible. Simple text is easier to understand and "
"translate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9052
msgid ""
"Keep explanations as short, simple, and clear as possible. Avoid empty "
"phrases like <quote>in order to</quote>, which usually just means <quote>to</"
"quote>. Avoid potentially patronizing words like <quote>basically</quote>. "
"Avoid Latin terms like <quote>i.e.,</quote> or <quote>cf.</quote>, which may "
"be unknown outside of academic or scientific groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9060
msgid ""
"Write in a formal style. Avoid addressing the reader as <quote>you</quote>. "
"For example, say <quote>copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></quote> "
"rather than <quote>you can copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9066
msgid ""
"Give clear, correct, <emphasis>tested</emphasis> examples. A trivial example "
"is better than no example. A good example is better yet. Do not give bad "
"examples, identifiable by apologies or sentences like <quote>but really it "
"should never be done that way</quote>. Bad examples are worse than no "
"examples. Give good examples, because <emphasis>even when warned not to use "
"the example as shown</emphasis>, the reader will usually just use the "
"example as shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9075
msgid ""
"Avoid <emphasis>weasel words</emphasis> like <quote>should</quote>, "
"<quote>might</quote>, <quote>try</quote>, or <quote>could</quote>. These "
"words imply that the speaker is unsure of the facts, and create doubt in the "
"reader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9081
msgid ""
"Similarly, give instructions as imperative commands: not <quote>you should "
"do this</quote>, but merely <quote>do this</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9087
msgid "Be Complete"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9089
msgid ""
"Do not make assumptions about the reader's abilities or skill level. Tell "
"them what they need to know. Give links to other documents to provide "
"background information without having to recreate it. Put yourself in the "
"reader's place, anticipate the questions they will ask, and answer them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9098
msgid "Be Concise"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9100
msgid ""
"While features should be documented completely, sometimes there is so much "
"information that the reader cannot easily find the specific detail needed. "
"The balance between being complete and being concise is a challenge. One "
"approach is to have an introduction, then a <quote>quick start</quote> "
"section that describes the most common situation, followed by an in-depth "
"reference section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9111
msgid "Guidelines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9113
msgid ""
"To promote consistency between the myriad authors of the FreeBSD "
"documentation, some guidelines have been drawn up for authors to follow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9119
msgid "Use American English Spelling"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9122
msgid ""
"There are several variants of English, with different spellings for the same "
"word. Where spellings differ, use the American English variant. "
"<quote>color</quote>, not <quote>colour</quote>, <quote>rationalize</quote>, "
"not <quote>rationalise</quote>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9129
msgid ""
"The use of British English may be accepted in the case of a contributed "
"article, however the spelling must be consistent within the whole document. "
"The other documents such as books, web site, manual pages, etc. will have to "
"use American English."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9139
msgid "Do not use contractions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9142
msgid ""
"Do not use contractions. Always spell the phrase out in full. <quote>Don't "
"use contractions</quote> is wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9146
msgid ""
"Avoiding contractions makes for a more formal tone, is more precise, and is "
"slightly easier for translators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9153
msgid "Use the serial comma"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9156
msgid ""
"In a list of items within a paragraph, separate each item from the others "
"with a comma. Separate the last item from the others with a comma and the "
"word <quote>and</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9161
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:9164
msgid "This is a list of one, two and three items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9167
msgid ""
"Is this a list of three items, <quote>one</quote>, <quote>two</quote>, and "
"<quote>three</quote>, or a list of two items, <quote>one</quote> and "
"<quote>two and three</quote>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9172
msgid "It is better to be explicit and include a serial comma:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:9176
msgid "This is a list of one, two, and three items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9182
msgid "Avoid redundant phrases"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9185
msgid ""
"Do not use redundant phrases. In particular, <quote>the command</quote>, "
"<quote>the file</quote>, and <quote>man command</quote> are often redundant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9189
msgid "For example, commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9192
msgid "Wrong: Use the <command>svn</command> command to update sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9197
msgid "Right: Use <command>svn</command> to update sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9201
msgid "Filenames:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9204
msgid "Wrong: … in the filename <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9209
msgid "Right: … in <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9213
msgid ""
"Manual page references (the second example uses <tag>citerefentry</tag> with "
"the <literal>&amp;man.csh.1;</literal> entity):."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9218
msgid "Wrong: See <command>man csh</command> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9223
msgid ""
"Right: See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9229
msgid "Two spaces between sentences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9232
msgid ""
"Always use two spaces between sentences, as it improves readability and "
"eases use of tools such as <application>Emacs</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9236
msgid ""
"A period and spaces followed by a capital letter does not always mark a new "
"sentence, especially in names. <quote>Jordan K. Hubbard</quote> is a good "
"example. It has a capital <literal>H</literal> following a period and a "
"space, and is certainly not a new sentence."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9245
msgid ""
"For more information about writing style, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"bartleby.com/141/\">Elements of Style</link>, by William Strunk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9250
msgid "Style Guide"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9252
msgid ""
"To keep the source for the documentation consistent when many different "
"people are editing it, please follow these style conventions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9257
msgid "Letter Case"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9259
msgid ""
"Tags are entered in lower case, <tag>para</tag>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"<tag>PARA</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9262
msgid ""
"Text that appears in SGML contexts is generally written in upper case, "
"<literal>&lt;!ENTITY…&gt;</literal>, and <literal>&lt;!DOCTYPE…&gt;</"
"literal>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> <literal>&lt;!entity…&gt;</literal> and "
"<literal>&lt;!doctype…&gt;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9273
msgid ""
"Acronyms should be defined the first time they appear in a document, as in: "
"<quote>Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)</quote>. After the "
"acronym has been defined, use the acronym alone unless it makes more sense "
"contextually to use the whole term. Acronyms are usually defined only once "
"per chapter or per document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9281
msgid "All acronyms should be enclosed in <tag>acronym</tag> tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9286
msgid "Indentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9288
msgid ""
"The first line in each file starts with no indentation, "
"<emphasis>regardless</emphasis> of the indentation level of the file which "
"might contain the current file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9292
msgid ""
"Opening tags increase the indentation level by two spaces. Closing tags "
"decrease the indentation level by two spaces. Blocks of eight spaces at the "
"start of a line should be replaced with a tab. Do not use spaces in front of "
"tabs, and do not add extraneous whitespace at the end of a line. Content "
"within elements should be indented by two spaces if the content runs over "
"more than one line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9300
msgid "For example, the source for this section looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9303
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Indentation<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The first line in each file starts with no indentation,\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>regardless<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> of the indentation level of\n"
"\tthe file which might contain the current file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      ...\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9321
msgid ""
"Tags containing long attributes follow the same rules. Following the "
"indentation rules in this case helps editors and writers see which content "
"is inside the tags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9326
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>See the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"</tag>Troubleshooting<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>\n"
"  section if there are problems booting.  Powering down and\n"
"  disconnecting the original <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>ada0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> disk\n"
"  will allow it to be kept as an offline backup.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>It is also possible to journal the boot disk of a &amp;os;\n"
"  system.  Refer to the article <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.gjournal-desktop;\"</tag>Implementing UFS\n"
"    Journaling on a Desktop PC<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> for detailed\n"
"  instructions.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9338
msgid ""
"When an element is too long to fit on the remainder of a line without "
"wrapping, moving the start tag to the next line can make the source easier "
"to read. In this example, the <literal>systemitem</literal> element has been "
"moved to the next line to avoid wrapping and indenting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9344
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>With file flags, even\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> can be\n"
"  prevented from removing or altering files.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9348
msgid ""
"Configurations to help various text editors conform to these guidelines can "
"be found in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9354
msgid "Tag Style"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9357
msgid "Tag Spacing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9359
msgid ""
"Tags that start at the same indent as a previous tag should be separated by "
"a blank line, and those that are not at the same indent as a previous tag "
"should not:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">article lang='en'</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>NIS<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">pubdate</tag>October 1999<tag class=\"endtag\">pubdate</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...\n"
"\t...\n"
"\t...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9393
msgid "Separating Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9395
msgid ""
"Tags like <tag>itemizedlist</tag> which will always have further tags inside "
"them, and in fact do not take character data themselves, are always on a "
"line by themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9400
msgid ""
"Tags like <tag>para</tag> and <tag>term</tag> do not need other tags to "
"contain normal character data, and their contents begin immediately after "
"the tag, <emphasis>on the same line</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9405
msgid "The same applies to when these two types of tags close."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9408
msgid "This leads to an obvious problem when mixing these tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9411
msgid ""
"When a starting tag which cannot contain character data directly follows a "
"tag of the type that requires other tags within it to use character data, "
"they are on separate lines. The second tag should be properly indented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9416
msgid ""
"When a tag which can contain character data closes directly after a tag "
"which cannot contain character data closes, they co-exist on the same line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9423
msgid "Whitespace Changes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9425
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Do not commit changes to content at the same time as changes to "
"formatting</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9429
msgid ""
"When content and whitespace changes are kept separate, translation teams can "
"easily see whether a change was content that must be translated or only "
"whitespace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9433
msgid ""
"For example, if two sentences have been added to a paragraph so that the "
"line lengths now go over 80 columns, first commit the change with the too-"
"long lines. Then fix the line wrapping, and commit this second change. In "
"the commit message for the second change, indicate that this is a whitespace-"
"only change that can be ignored by translators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9443
msgid "Non-Breaking Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9445
msgid ""
"Avoid line breaks in places where they look ugly or make it difficult to "
"follow a sentence. Line breaks depend on the width of the chosen output "
"medium. In particular, viewing the HTML documentation with a text browser "
"can lead to badly formatted paragraphs like the next one:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:9451
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Data capacity ranges from 40 MB to 15\n"
"GB.  Hardware compression …"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9454
msgid ""
"The general entity <literal>&amp;nbsp;</literal> prohibits line breaks "
"between parts belonging together. Use non-breaking spaces in the following "
"places:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9460
msgid "between numbers and units:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9461
#, no-wrap
msgid "57600&amp;nbsp;bps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9465
msgid "between program names and version numbers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9466
#, no-wrap
msgid "&amp;os;&amp;nbsp;9.2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9470
msgid ""
"between multiword names (use with caution when applying this to more than "
"3-4 word names like <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation "
"Project</quote>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9474
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sun&amp;nbsp;Microsystems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9481
msgid "Word List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9483
msgid ""
"This list of words shows the correct spelling and capitalization when used "
"in FreeBSD documentation. If a word is not on this list, ask about it on the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc"
"\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9491
msgid "Word"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9492
msgid "XML Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9493
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9499
msgid "CD-ROM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9501
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>CD-ROM</literal><tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9505
msgid "DoS (Denial of Service)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9506
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>DoS</literal><tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9510
msgid "email"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9514
msgid "file system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9518
msgid "IPsec"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9522
msgid "Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9526
msgid "manual page"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9530
msgid "mail server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9534
msgid "name server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9538
msgid "Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9542
msgid "read-only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9546
msgid "Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9550
msgid "stdin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9551
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdin<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9555
msgid "stdout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9556
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdout<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9560
msgid "stderr"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9561
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stderr<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9565
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9567
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag><literal>Subversion</literal><tag "
"class=\"endtag\">application</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9568
msgid ""
"Do not refer to the Subversion application as <literal>SVN</literal> in "
"upper case. To refer to the command, use <tag class=\"starttag\">command</"
"tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9579
msgid "userland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9581
msgid "things that apply to user space, not the kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9586
msgid "web server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:9624
msgid "Editor Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:9626
msgid ""
"Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on document files "
"quicker and easier, and help documents conform to <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
"guidelines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9631
msgid "<application>Vim</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9633
msgid ""
"Install from <package>editors/vim</package>, <package>editors/vim-console</"
"package>, or <package>editors/vim-tiny</package> then follow the "
"configuration instructions in <xref linkend=\"editor-config-vim-config\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9642
msgid ""
"Press <keycap>P</keycap> to reformat paragraphs or text that has been "
"selected in Visual mode. Press <keycap>T</keycap> to replace groups of eight "
"spaces with a tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9649 book.translate.xml:9790
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9651
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adding these lines to the end of the "
"file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9654
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"if has(\"autocmd\")\n"
"    au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()\n"
"    au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()\n"
"endif \" has(autocmd)\n"
"\n"
"function Set_Highlights()\n"
"    \"match ExtraWhitespace /^\\s* \\s*\\|\\s\\+$/\n"
"    highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg\n"
"    match OverLength /\\%71v.\\+/\n"
"    return 0\n"
"endfunction \" Set_Highlights()\n"
"\n"
"function ShowSpecial()\n"
"    setlocal list listchars=tab:&gt;&gt;,trail:*,eol:$\n"
"    hi def link nontext ErrorMsg\n"
"    return 0\n"
"endfunction \" ShowSpecial()\n"
"\n"
"function Set_SGML()\n"
"    setlocal number\n"
"    syn match sgmlSpecial \"&amp;[^;]*;\"\n"
"    setlocal syntax=sgml\n"
"    setlocal filetype=xml\n"
"    setlocal shiftwidth=2\n"
"    setlocal textwidth=70\n"
"    setlocal tabstop=8\n"
"    setlocal softtabstop=2\n"
"    setlocal formatprg=\"fmt -p\"\n"
"    setlocal autoindent\n"
"    setlocal smartindent\n"
"    \" Rewrap paragraphs\n"
"    noremap P gqj\n"
"    \" Replace spaces with tabs\n"
"    noremap T :s/        /\\t/&lt;CR&gt;\n"
"    call ShowSpecial()\n"
"    call Set_Highlights()\n"
"    return 0\n"
"endfunction \" Set_SGML()"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9696
msgid "<application>Emacs</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9698
msgid ""
"Install from <package>editors/emacs</package> or <package>editors/emacs-"
"devel</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9702
msgid "Validation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9704
msgid ""
"Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for validating XML. A "
"compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's extension to DocBook 5.0 is included "
"in the documentation repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using "
"this schema, create <filename>~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml</filename> and "
"add these lines to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">locatingRules</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9723
msgid "Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9725
msgid ""
"The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's Emacs Lisp Package "
"Archive (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). If <acronym>MELPA</acronym> is not "
"already in Emacs's packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9730
#, no-wrap
msgid "(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/packages/\") t)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9732
msgid ""
"Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of <filename>~/.emacs</"
"filename>, <filename>~/.emacs.el</filename>, or <filename>~.emacs.d/init.el</"
"filename>) to make this change permanent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9738
msgid "To install Flycheck, evaluate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9740
#, no-wrap
msgid "(package-install 'flycheck)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9742
msgid ""
"Create a Flycheck checker for <package>textproc/igor</package> by evaluating"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n"
"  \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n"
"\n"
"See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n"
"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n"
"  :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n"
"  :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n"
"  :modes (nxml-mode)\n"
"  :standard-input t)\n"
"\n"
"  (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9757
msgid ""
"Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to make the changes "
"permanent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9762
msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9764
msgid ""
"To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation project, create "
"<filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> in the root directory of the "
"documentation repository and add these lines to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9769
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
";;; Directory Local Variables\n"
";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n"
"\n"
"((nxml-mode\n"
"  (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n"
"  (fill-column . 70)\n"
"  (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n"
"  (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n"
"  (flycheck-checker . igor)\n"
"  (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml\"))))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9783
msgid "<application>nano</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9785
msgid ""
"Install from <package>editors/nano</package> or <package>editors/nano-devel</"
"package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9792
msgid ""
"Copy the sample <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax highlight file to the user's "
"home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9795
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9797
msgid ""
"Use an editor to replace the lines in the <filename>~/.nanorc</filename> "
"<literal>syntax \"xml\"</literal> block with these rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$\"\n"
"# trailing whitespace\n"
"color ,blue \"[[:space:]]+$\"\n"
"# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line\n"
"# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab\n"
"color ,blue \"^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+\"\n"
"# tabs after spaces\n"
"color ,yellow \"( )+TAB\"\n"
"# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces\n"
"color ,red \"^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}\"\n"
"# lines longer than 70 characters\n"
"color ,yellow \"^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9814
msgid "Process the file to create embedded tabs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9816
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9822
msgid "Specify additional helpful options when running the editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9825
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9827
msgid ""
"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can define an alias in <filename>~/.cshrc</"
"filename> to automate these options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9831
#, no-wrap
msgid "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9833
msgid "After the alias is defined, the options will be added automatically:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9836
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:9873
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:9875
msgid ""
"This document is deliberately not an exhaustive discussion of XML, the DTDs "
"listed, and the FreeBSD Documentation Project. For more information about "
"these, you are encouraged to see the following web sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9881
msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9885
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">The FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project web pages</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9890
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/"
"index.html\">The FreeBSD Handbook</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9897
msgid "XML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9901
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/XML/\">W3C's XML page SGML/XML web "
"page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9908
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9912
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/\">The World Wide Web Consortium</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9917
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/\">The HTML 4.0 "
"specification</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9924
msgid "DocBook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9928
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/\">The DocBook "
"Technical Committee</link>, maintainers of the DocBook DTD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9934
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.docbook.org/\">DocBook: The Definitive Guide</"
"link>, the online documentation for the DocBook DTD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9940
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/\">The DocBook Open "
"Repository</link> contains DSSSL stylesheets and other resources for people "
"using DocBook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:9985
msgid ""
"These examples are not exhaustive—they do not contain all the elements that "
"might be desirable to use, particularly in a document's front matter. For "
"more examples of DocBook markup, examine the <acronym>XML</acronym> source "
"for this and other documents available in the <application>Subversion</"
"application> <literal>doc</literal> repository, or available online starting "
"at <uri xlink:href=\"http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">http://svnweb.FreeBSD."
"org/doc/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:9994 book.translate.xml:9997
msgid "DocBook <tag>book</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9999
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">book xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
"  xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
"  xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Book<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"\t  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your book has an abstract then it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">preface</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preface<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Your book may have a preface, in which case it should be placed\n"
"      here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">preface</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first chapter in my book.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my book.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:10055 book.translate.xml:10058
msgid "DocBook <tag>article</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10060
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
"  xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
"  xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"\t  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
msgstr ""